]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
(widget-button-click): Wrap with save-excursion
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files
2
3 ;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 ;; Maintainer: FSF
6 ;; Keywords: internal
7
8 ;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
9
10 ;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
13 ;; any later version.
14
15 ;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 ;; GNU General Public License for more details.
19
20 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
22 ;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23 ;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
24
25 ;;; **********************************************************************
26 ;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here.
27 ;;;
28 ;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them
29 ;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you
30 ;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el
31 ;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example,
32 ;;; ;;;###autoload
33 ;;; (defun foobar () ....)
34 ;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar)
35 ;;; ;;;###autoload
36 ;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\
37 ;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.")
38 ;;;
39 ;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el.
40 ;;;
41 ;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the
42 ;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified.
43 ;;; **********************************************************************
44
45 ;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el).
46
47 ;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing
48 ;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l)
49 ;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file.
50
51 ;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^\f]*\f" "\\1"
52 ;;; (point-min) (point-max))
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
55 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
56 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
58
59 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
60 Play 5x5.
61
62 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
63 squares you must fill the grid.
64
65 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
66 \\<5x5-mode-map>
67 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
68 Move up \\[5x5-up]
69 Move down \\[5x5-down]
70 Move left \\[5x5-left]
71 Move right \\[5x5-right]
72 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
73 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
74 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
75 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
76 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
77 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
78 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
79
80 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
81 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
82
83 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
84 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
85
86 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
87 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
88
89 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
90 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
91 mutating the result." t nil)
92
93 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
94 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
95
96 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
97 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
98 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
99 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
100
101 ;;;***
102 \f
103 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
104 ;;;;;; (14332 44838))
105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
106
107 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
108 Add a new set of extensions to the ones recognized by ada-mode.
109 The addition is done so that `goto-other-file' works as expected" nil nil)
110
111 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
112 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
113
114 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
115
116 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
117 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
118
119 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
120 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
121
122 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
123 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
124
125 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
126
127 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
128 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
129
130 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
131 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
132
133 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
134 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
135 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
136 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
137 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
138
139 If you use imenu.el:
140 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
141
142 If you use find-file.el:
143 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
144 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
145 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
146 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
147 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
148
149 If you use ada-xref.el:
150 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
151 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
152 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
153
154 ;;;***
155 \f
156 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
157 ;;;;;; (14344 1074))
158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
159
160 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
161 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
162
163 ;;;***
164 \f
165 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window
166 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name
167 ;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el"
168 ;;;;;; (14263 33398))
169 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
170
171 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
172 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
173 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
174
175 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
176 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
177 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
178
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
181
182 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
183 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
184
185 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
186 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
187 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
188 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
189
190 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
191 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
192 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
193
194 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
195 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
196
197 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
198 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
199 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
200 name and site.
201
202 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
203 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
204 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
205 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
206 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
207
208 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
209 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
210
211 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
212 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
213 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
214 name and site.
215 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
216 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
217
218 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
219 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
220
221 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
222 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
223 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
224 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
225 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
226 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
227
228 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
229 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230
231 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
232 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233
234 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
235 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
236
237 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
238 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
239
240 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
241 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
242
243 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
244 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
245 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
246 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
247
248 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
249
250 ;;;***
251 \f
252 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
253 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14260
254 ;;;;;; 59541))
255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
256
257 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
258 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
259 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
260 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
261 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
262 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
263 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
264 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
265 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
266 interpreted as `error'.")
267
268 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
269 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
270 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
271 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
272 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
273 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
274 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
275 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
276
277 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
278 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
279 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
280 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
281 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
282 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
283 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
284 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
285 will be overwritten with the new one.
286 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
287 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
288 will clear the cache." nil nil)
289
290 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
291 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
292 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
293
294 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
295 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
296 BODY... )
297
298 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
299 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
300 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
301 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
302 see also `ad-add-advice'.
303 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
304 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
305 before/around/after-advices will be used.
306 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
307 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
308 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
309 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
310 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
311 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
312
313 Semantics of the various flags:
314 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
315 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
316 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
317
318 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
319 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
320
321 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
322 advised function should be compiled.
323
324 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
325 during activation until somebody enables it.
326
327 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
328 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
329 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
330 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
331
332 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
333 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
334 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
335 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
336 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
337 during preloading.
338
339 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
340
341 ;;;***
342 \f
343 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
344 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14344 981))
345 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el
346 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
347
348 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
349 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
350 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
351 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
352 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
353 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
354
355 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
356
357 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
358
359 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
360
361 ;;;***
362 \f
363 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
364 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
365 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
366 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14063 14999))
367 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
368
369 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
370 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
371 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
372 as the first thing on a line.")
373
374 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
375 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
376
377 (defvar appt-audible t "\
378 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
379
380 (defvar appt-visible t "\
381 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
382
383 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
384 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
385
386 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
387 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
388
389 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
390 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
391
392 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
393 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
394 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
395
396 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
397 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
398 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
399
400 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
401 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
402
403 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
404
405 ;;;***
406 \f
407 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
408 ;;;;;; apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14306 39373))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
410
411 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
412 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
413 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
414 normal variables." t nil)
415
416 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
417
418 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
419 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
420 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
421 noninteractive functions.
422
423 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
424 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
425
426 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
427 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
428 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
429 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
430 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
431
432 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
433 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
434 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
435 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
436 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
437
438 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
439 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
440 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
441 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
442 bindings.
443 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
444
445 ;;;***
446 \f
447 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033
448 ;;;;;; 32602))
449 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
450
451 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
452 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
453 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
454 Letters no longer insert themselves.
455 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
456 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
457
458 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
459 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
460 archive.
461
462 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
463
464 ;;;***
465 \f
466 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14281 34851))
467 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
468
469 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
470 Major mode for editing arrays.
471
472 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
473 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
474 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
475
476 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
477
478 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
479 Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
480 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
481
482 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
483 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
484 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
485 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
486 The variables are:
487
488 Variables you assign:
489 max-row: The number of rows in the array.
490 max-column: The number of columns in the array.
491 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
492 field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
493 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
494 row numbers in the buffer.
495
496 Variables which are calculated:
497 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
498 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
499
500 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
501 take a numeric prefix argument):
502
503 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
504 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
505 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
506 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
507
508 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
509 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
510 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
511 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
512
513 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
514 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
515 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
516 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
517
518 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
519 between that of point and mark.
520
521 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
522 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
523
524 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
525 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
526 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
527 newlines inside rows)
528
529 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
530
531 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
532
533 ;;;***
534 \f
535 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
536 ;;;;;; 393))
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
538
539 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
540 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
541 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
542
543 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
544 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
545 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
546 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
547
548 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
549 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
550
551 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
552 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
553
554 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
555
556 Special commands:
557 \\{asm-mode-map}
558 " t nil)
559
560 ;;;***
561 \f
562 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
563 ;;;;;; (14292 6861))
564 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
565
566 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
567 Obsolete.")
568
569 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
570 This command is obsolete." t nil)
571
572 ;;;***
573 \f
574 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
575 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14118 1767))
576 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
577
578 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
579 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
580 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
581
582 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
586
587 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
588 Toggle auto-insert mode.
589 With prefix ARG, turn auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
590 Returns the new status of auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
591
592 When auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
593 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
594
595 ;;;***
596 \f
597 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
598 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
599 ;;;;;; (14288 24683))
600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
601
602 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
603 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
604 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
605
606 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
607 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
608 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
609
610 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
611 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
612 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
613
614 ;;;***
615 \f
616 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
617 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (14256 9423))
618 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
619
620 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
621 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
622
623 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
624 instead.")
625
626 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
627 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
628
629 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
630 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
631 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
632
633 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
634 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
635
636 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
637 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
638
639 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
640 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
641
642 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
643 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
644 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
645
646 ;;;***
647 \f
648 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263
649 ;;;;;; 35271))
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
651
652 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
653 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
654 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
655 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
656
657 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
658 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
659 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
660
661 Effects of the different modes:
662 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
663 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
664 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
665 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
666 a random distance & direction.
667 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
668 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
669 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
670
671 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
672
673 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
674 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
675 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
676
677 ;;;***
678 \f
679 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549
680 ;;;;;; 39413))
681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
682
683 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
684 Major mode for editing AWK code.
685 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
686 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
687 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
688
689 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
690 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
691
692 ;;;***
693 \f
694 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
695 ;;;;;; (13607 52347))
696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
697
698 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
699 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
700
701 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
702 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
703
704 For example:
705
706 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
707 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
708 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
709 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
710
711 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
712
713 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
714
715 ;;;***
716 \f
717 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
718 ;;;;;; (13599 8729))
719 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
720
721 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
722 Display battery status information in the echo area.
723 The text beeing displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
724 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
725
726 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
727 Display battery status information in the mode line.
728 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
729 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
730 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
731 seconds." t nil)
732
733 ;;;***
734 \f
735 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14281
736 ;;;;;; 42004))
737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
738
739 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
740 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
741
742 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
743 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
744 version information already added. You just need to add a description
745 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
746 message.
747
748
749 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
750
751 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
752 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
753 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
754 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
755 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
756
757 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
758 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
759 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
760 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
761 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
762 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
763
764 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
765 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
766 BibTeX mode.
767
768
769 Special information:
770
771 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
772
773 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
774 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
775 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
776 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
777 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
778 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
779 current field.
780 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
781 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
782
783 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
784 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
785 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
786 bibtex-entry-format.
787 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
788 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
789 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
790
791 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
792 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
793
794 The following may be of interest as well:
795
796 Functions:
797 bibtex-entry
798 bibtex-kill-entry
799 bibtex-yank-pop
800 bibtex-pop-previous
801 bibtex-pop-next
802 bibtex-complete-string
803 bibtex-complete-key
804 bibtex-print-help-message
805 bibtex-generate-autokey
806 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
807 bibtex-end-of-entry
808 bibtex-reposition-window
809 bibtex-mark-entry
810 bibtex-ispell-abstract
811 bibtex-ispell-entry
812 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
813 bibtex-hide-entry-bodies
814 bibtex-sort-buffer
815 bibtex-validate
816 bibtex-count
817 bibtex-fill-entry
818 bibtex-reformat
819 bibtex-convert-alien
820
821 Variables:
822 bibtex-field-delimiters
823 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
824 bibtex-include-OPTkey
825 bibtex-user-optional-fields
826 bibtex-entry-format
827 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
828 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
829 bibtex-entry-field-alist
830 bibtex-predefined-strings
831 bibtex-string-files
832
833 ---------------------------------------------------------
834 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
835 non-nil.
836
837 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
838
839 ;;;***
840 \f
841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
842 ;;;;;; 27947))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
844
845 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
846 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
847 the default is 4.
848
849 What is blackbox?
850
851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
856 your score.
857
858 Overview of play:
859
860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
862 four.
863
864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
865 movement keys.
866
867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
869
870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
872
873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
879
880 Details:
881
882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
883
884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
887 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
888
889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
891 denoted by the letter `R'.
892
893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
895 denoted by the letter `H'.
896
897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
898 example.
899
900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
906 ray.
907
908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
909 degree deflection it causes.
910
911 1
912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
920 2 3
921
922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
924
925
926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
934
935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
941 emerging from the box.
942
943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
944
945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
953
954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
955 a reflection." t nil)
956
957 ;;;***
958 \f
959 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
960 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
961 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
962 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
963 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
964 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14152 30496))
965 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
966 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
967 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
968 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
969
970 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
971 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
972 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
973 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
974 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
975 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
976
977 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
978
979 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
980
981 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
982
983 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
984
985 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
986
987 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
988
989 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
990
991 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
992
993 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
994
995 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
996
997 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
998
999 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1000
1001 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1002
1003 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1004
1005 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1006 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1007 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1008 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1009 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1010 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1011 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1012 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1013 recent one.
1014
1015 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1016 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1017 yank successive words.
1018
1019 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1020 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1021 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1022 name of the file being visited.
1023
1024 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1025 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1026 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1027
1028 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1029 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1030 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1031 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1032 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1033 this.
1034
1035 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1036 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1037 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1038 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1039
1040 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1041 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1042 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1043 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1044 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1045
1046 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1047 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1048 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1049 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1050
1051 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1052
1053 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1057
1058 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1059 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1060 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1061
1062 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1063 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1064 name." t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1067 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1068 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1069 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1070 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1071 this." t nil)
1072
1073 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1074 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1075 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1076 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1077 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1078 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1079 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1080 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1081
1082 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1083 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1084 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1085
1086 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1087 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1088 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1089 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1090 \(second argument).
1091
1092 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1093 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1094 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1095 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1096 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1097
1098 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1099 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1100 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1101 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1102
1103 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1104 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1105 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1106 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1107 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1108 while loading.
1109
1110 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1111 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1112 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1113 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1114 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1115 explicitly.
1116
1117 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1118 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1119 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1120 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1123 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1124 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1125 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1126 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1127
1128 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1129
1130 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1131
1132 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1133 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1134 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1135 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1136 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1137 this.
1138
1139 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1140 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1141 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1142
1143 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1144 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1145 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1146 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1147 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1148 this.
1149
1150 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1151 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1152 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1153
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1155 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1156 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1157
1158 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1159 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1160 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1161
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1163 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1164 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1165 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1166 prompts for NEWNAME.
1167 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1168 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1169 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1170
1171 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1172 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1173 name.
1174
1175 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1176 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1177 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1178
1179 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1180 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1181 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1182 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1183 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1184 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1185
1186 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1187 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1188 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1189
1190 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1191
1192 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1193
1194 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1195
1196 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1197
1198 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1199
1200 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1201
1202 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1203
1204 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1205
1206 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1207
1208 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1209
1210 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1211
1212 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1213
1214 ;;;***
1215 \f
1216 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1217 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1218 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1219 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1220 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1221 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1222 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1223 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el"
1224 ;;;;;; (14344 983))
1225 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el
1226
1227 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1228 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1229 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1230 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1231
1232 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1233 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1234 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1235 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1236 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1237
1238 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1239 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1240 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1241 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1242 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1243
1244 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1245 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1246
1247 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1248 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1249 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1250
1251 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1252 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1253
1254 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1255 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1256 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1257 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1258 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1259 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1260
1261 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1262 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1263 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1264 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1265 narrowed." t nil)
1266
1267 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1268 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1269
1270 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1271 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1272
1273 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1274 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1275 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1276 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1277
1278 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1279 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1280 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1281 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1282
1283 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1284 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1285 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1286 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1287 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1288 to use." t nil)
1289
1290 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1291 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1292
1293 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1294 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1295
1296 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1297 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1298 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1299 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1300
1301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1303
1304 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1305 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1306
1307 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1308 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1309 program is invoked according to the variable
1310 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1311
1312 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1313 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1314 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1315 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1316
1317 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1318 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1319
1320 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1321 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1322 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1323
1324 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1325 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1326 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1327 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1328
1329 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1330 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1331 Default to the URL around or before point.
1332
1333 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1334 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1335 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1336
1337 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1338 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1339 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1340 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1341
1342 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1343 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1344
1345 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1346 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1347 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1348
1349 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1350 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1351 Default to the URL around or before point.
1352
1353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1354 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1355 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1356
1357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1359
1360 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1361 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1362 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1363 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1364
1365 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1366 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1367 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1368 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1369 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1370
1371 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1372 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1373 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1374 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1375
1376 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1377 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1378 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1379 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1380
1381 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1382 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1383
1384 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1385 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1386 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1387
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1389 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1390 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1391 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1392 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1393 current one.
1394
1395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1396 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1397 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1398 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1399
1400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1402
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1404 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1405 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1406 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1407 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1408 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1409
1410 ;;;***
1411 \f
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1413 ;;;;;; 42538))
1414 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1415
1416 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1417 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1418
1419 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1420 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1421
1422 ;;;***
1423 \f
1424 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1425 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1426 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1427 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14297 56999))
1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1429
1430 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1431 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1432 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1433
1434 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1435 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1436 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1437 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1438
1439 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1440 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1441 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1442 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1443
1444 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1445
1446 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1447 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1448
1449 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1450 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1451 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1452 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1453 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1454
1455 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1456 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1457 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1458 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1459
1460 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1461 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1462 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1463
1464 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1465 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1466 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1467 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1468 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1469 all functions called by those functions.
1470
1471 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1472 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1473 cons, etc.).
1474
1475 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1476 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1477 invoked interactively." t nil)
1478
1479 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1480 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1481 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1482 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1483 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1484 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1485
1486 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1487 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1488 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1489 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1490
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1495
1496 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1497
1498 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1499
1500 ;;;***
1501 \f
1502 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1503 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1504 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1505
1506 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1507 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1508 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1509 from the cursor position." t nil)
1510
1511 ;;;***
1512 \f
1513 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1514 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1515 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1516 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1517 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1518 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1519 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1520 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1521 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1522 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1523 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1524 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1525 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1526 ;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-in-calendar number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially
1527 ;;;;;; calendar-offset calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1528 ;;;;;; (14279 65171))
1529 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1530
1531 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1532 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1533 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1534
1535 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1536 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1537 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1538 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1539 the screen.")
1540
1541 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1542 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1543 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1544 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1545 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1546
1547 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1548 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1549 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1550 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1551 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1552 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1553 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1554
1555 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1556 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1557 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1558 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1559 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1560
1561 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1562 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1563 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1564
1565 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1566 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1567 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1568
1569 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1570 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1571 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1572 displayed.")
1573
1574 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1575 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1576 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1577
1578 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1579 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1580 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1581
1582 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1583
1584 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1585 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1586 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1587
1588 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1589 calendar.")
1590
1591 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1592 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1593 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1594
1595 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1596 calendar.")
1597
1598 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1599 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1600 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1601
1602 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1603 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1604 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1605 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1606 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1607
1608 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1609 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1610 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1611 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1612 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1613 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1614 a function is also provided for this:
1615 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1616
1617 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1618 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1619 date is not visible in the window.
1620
1621 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1622 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1623 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1624
1625 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1626 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1627
1628 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1629 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1630 date is visible in the window.
1631
1632 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1633 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1634 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1635
1636 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1637 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1638
1639 For example,
1640
1641 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1642
1643 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1644
1645 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1646 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1647
1648 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1649
1650 MONTH/DAY
1651 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1652 MONTHNAME DAY
1653 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1654 DAYNAME
1655
1656 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1657 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1658 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1659 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1660 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1661 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1662 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1663 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1664 respectively.
1665
1666 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1667 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1668 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1669
1670 DAY/MONTH
1671 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1672 DAY MONTHNAME
1673 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1674 DAYNAME
1675
1676 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1677 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1678
1679 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1680 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1681 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1682 window but will appear in a diary window.
1683
1684 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1685 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1686
1687 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1688 entries (in the default American style):
1689
1690 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1691 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1692 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1693 21: Payday
1694 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1695 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1696 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1697 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1698 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1699 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1700 &* 15 time cards due.
1701
1702 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1703 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1704 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1705 single diary entry
1706
1707 02/11/1989
1708 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1709 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1710 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1711 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1712 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1713 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1714
1715 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1716 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1717 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1718
1719 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1720
1721 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1722
1723 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1724 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1725 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1726 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1727 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1728 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1729 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1730 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1731 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1732
1733 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1734 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1735 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1736 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1737 for these functions for details.
1738
1739 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1740 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1741
1742 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1743 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1744
1745 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1746 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1747
1748 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1749 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1750
1751 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1752 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1753 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1754
1755 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1756 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1757 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1758
1759 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1760 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1761 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1762 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1763
1764 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1765 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1766 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1767 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1768
1769 DAY/MONTH
1770 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1771 DAY MONTHNAME
1772 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1773 DAYNAME
1774
1775 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1776 characters with or without a period.")
1777
1778 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1779 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1780 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1781
1782 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1783 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1784 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1785
1786 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1787 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1788 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1789
1790 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1791 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1792 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1793
1794 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1795 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1796 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1797 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1798 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1799 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1800
1801 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1802 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1803 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1804
1805 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1806 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1807 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1808 of the form
1809
1810 #include \"filename\"
1811
1812 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1813 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1814 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1815 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1816 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1817
1818 For example, you could use
1819
1820 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1821 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1822 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1823
1824 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1825 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1826 lexicographic order.")
1827
1828 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1829 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1830 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1831
1832 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1833 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1834 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1835 diary display.
1836
1837 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1838 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1839 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1840 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1841 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1842 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1843 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1844
1845 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1846 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1847 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1848 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1849 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1850 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1851 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1852 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
1853
1854 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
1855 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
1856 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1857 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
1858 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1859 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1860
1861 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1862 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
1863
1864 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
1865 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
1866 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1867 of the form
1868 #include \"filename\"
1869 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1870 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
1871 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
1872 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1873 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1874
1875 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
1876 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
1877 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1878 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
1879 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1880 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1881
1882 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
1883 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
1884 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
1885 are holidays.")
1886
1887 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
1888 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
1889 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
1890 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
1891 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
1892
1893 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1894
1895 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
1896 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
1897 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1898
1899 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1900
1901 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
1902 *Oriental holidays.
1903 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1904
1905 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1906
1907 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
1908 *Local holidays.
1909 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1910
1911 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1912
1913 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
1914 *User defined holidays.
1915 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1916
1917 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1918
1919 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
1920
1921 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1922
1923 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
1924
1925 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1926
1927 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
1928
1929 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1930
1931 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
1932
1933 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1934
1935 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
1936 *Jewish holidays.
1937 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1938
1939 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1940
1941 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
1942 *Christian holidays.
1943 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1944
1945 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1946
1947 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
1948 *Islamic holidays.
1949 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1950
1951 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1952
1953 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
1954 *Sun-related holidays.
1955 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1956
1957 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1958
1959 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
1960 The frame set up of the calendar.
1961 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
1962 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
1963 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
1964 any other value the current frame is used.")
1965
1966 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
1967 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
1968 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
1969
1970 ;;;***
1971 \f
1972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14015 5699))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
1974
1975 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1976 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
1977
1978 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1979 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
1980
1981 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1982 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
1983
1984 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1985 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
1986
1987 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1988 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
1989
1990 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
1991 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
1992
1993 ;;;***
1994 \f
1995 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
1996 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
1997 ;;;;;; (14015 5739))
1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
1999
2000 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2001
2002 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2007 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2008
2009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2010
2011 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2012 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2013 run first.
2014
2015 Key bindings:
2016 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2017
2018 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2019 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2020 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2021 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2022 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2023 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2024 message.
2025
2026 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2027
2028 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2029 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2030 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2031
2032 Key bindings:
2033 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2034
2035 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2036 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2037 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2038 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2039 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2040 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2041 message.
2042
2043 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2044
2045 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2046 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2047 is run first.
2048
2049 Key bindings:
2050 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2051
2052 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2053 Major mode for editing Java code.
2054 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2055 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2056 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2057 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2058 message.
2059
2060 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2061
2062 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2063 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2064 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2065 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2066 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2067
2068 Key bindings:
2069 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2070
2071 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2072 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2073 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2074 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2075 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2076 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2077 message.
2078
2079 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2080
2081 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2082 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2083 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2084
2085 Key bindings:
2086 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2087
2088 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2089 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2094 message.
2095
2096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2097
2098 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2099 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2100 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2101
2102 Key bindings:
2103 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2104
2105 ;;;***
2106 \f
2107 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2108 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14015 5750))
2109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2110
2111 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2112 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2113 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2114 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2115 for details of setting up styles.
2116
2117 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2118 style name." t nil)
2119
2120 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2121 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2122 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2123 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2124
2125 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2126
2127 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2128 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2129 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2130
2131 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2132 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2133 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2134 offset for that syntactic element. Optional ADD says to add SYMBOL to
2135 `c-offsets-alist' if it doesn't already appear there." t nil)
2136
2137 ;;;***
2138 \f
2139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14015 5758))
2140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2141
2142 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2143 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2144 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2145 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2146 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2147
2148 XEmacs 19: (8-bit)
2149 XEmacs 20: (8-bit)
2150 Emacs 19: (1-bit)
2151
2152 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2153 `infodock'.")
2154
2155 ;;;***
2156 \f
2157 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2158 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2159 ;;;;;; (14236 19568))
2160 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2161
2162 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2163 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2164
2165 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2166 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2167
2168 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2169 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2170
2171 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2172 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2173 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2174 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2175 execution.
2176
2177 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2178
2179 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2180 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2181 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2182 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2183
2184 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2185 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2186 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2187 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2188 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2189 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2190
2191 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2192 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2193 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2194
2195 ;;;***
2196 \f
2197 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2198 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2199 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2200 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2201 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2202 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2203 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2204 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2205 ;;;;;; (14301 26365))
2206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2207
2208 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2209 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2210 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2211 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2212
2213 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2214 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2215 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2216 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2217 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2218 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2219 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2220 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2221
2222 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2223 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2224 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2225 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2226 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2227 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2228 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2229 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2230
2231 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2232 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2233 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2234 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2235 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2238 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2239 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2240 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2241 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2242
2243 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2244 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2245 Only documentation strings are checked.
2246 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2248 a separate buffer." t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2251 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2253 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2254 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2255
2256 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2257 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2258 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2259 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2260 if there is one.
2261 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2262
2263 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2264 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2265 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2266
2267 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2268 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2269 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2270 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2271 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2272
2273 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2274 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2275 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2276 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2277 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2278 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2279
2280 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2281 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2282 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2283 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2284
2285 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2286 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2287 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2288 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2291 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2292 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2293 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2294
2295 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2296 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2297 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2298 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2299
2300 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2301 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2302 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2303 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2304
2305 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2306 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2307 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2308 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2309
2310 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2311 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2312 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2313 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2314
2315 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2316 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2317 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2318 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2319
2320 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2321 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2322 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2323 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2324
2325 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2326 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2327 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2328
2329 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2330 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2331 checking of documentation strings.
2332
2333 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2334
2335 ;;;***
2336 \f
2337 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2338 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2339 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2340 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2341 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2342
2343 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2344 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2347 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2350 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2351
2352 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2353 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2354 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2357 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2360 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2361 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2364 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2365
2366 ;;;***
2367 \f
2368 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2369 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33907))
2370 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2371
2372 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2373 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2374 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2375 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2376 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2377 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2378
2379 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2380 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2381 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2382 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2383 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2384
2385 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2386
2387 (autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\
2388 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
2389 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2390 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2391 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2392
2393 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2394 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2395 \\{command-history-map}
2396 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
2397 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
2398
2399 ;;;***
2400 \f
2401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14160 15550))
2402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2403
2404 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2405 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2406 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2407 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2408 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2409 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2410
2411 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2412 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2413
2414 ;;;***
2415 \f
2416 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2417 ;;;;;; (14347 61984))
2418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2419
2420 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2421
2422 ;;;***
2423 \f
2424 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2425 ;;;;;; (14344 1077))
2426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2427
2428 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2429 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2430 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2431 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2432
2433 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2434 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2435 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2436
2437 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2438 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2439
2440 ;;;***
2441 \f
2442 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569
2443 ;;;;;; 34340))
2444 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2445
2446 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2447 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2448 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2449 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2450 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2451 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2452 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2453 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2454
2455 ;;;***
2456 \f
2457 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2458 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2459 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2460 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2461
2462 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2463 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2464 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2465 ASCII table.
2466
2467 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2468 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2469 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2470 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2471
2472 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2473 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2474 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2475
2476 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2477 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2478 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2479
2480 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2481 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2482 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2483
2484 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2485 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2486
2487 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2488 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2489 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2490
2491 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2492 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2493
2494 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2495 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2496
2497 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2498 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2499 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2500
2501 ;;;***
2502 \f
2503 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14281
2504 ;;;;;; 40514))
2505 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2506
2507 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2508 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2509 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2510 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2511 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2512 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2513 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2514 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2515
2516 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2517
2518 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2519 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2520 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2521 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2522 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2523 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2524
2525 ;;;***
2526 \f
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2528 ;;;;;; 18289))
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2530
2531 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2532 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2533 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2534 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2535
2536 This command pushes the mark in each window
2537 at the prior location of point in that window.
2538 If both windows display the same buffer,
2539 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2540 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2541
2542 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2543 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2544 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2545
2546 ;;;***
2547 \f
2548 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2549 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2550 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2551 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14296 5506))
2552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2553
2554 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2555 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2556
2557 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2558 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2559
2560 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2561 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2562 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2563 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2564 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2565
2566 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2567 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2568 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2569 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2570 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2571
2572 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2573 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2574 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2575 describing how the process finished.")
2576
2577 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2578 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2579 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2580 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2581
2582 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2583 *If not nil, M-x compile asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2584 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2585
2586 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2587 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2588 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2589 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2590
2591 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2592 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2593 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2594 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2595
2596 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2597 and move to the source code that caused it.
2598
2599 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2600 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2601
2602 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2603 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2604 Then start the next one.
2605
2606 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2607 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2608 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2609
2610 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2611 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2612 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2613 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2614 where grep found matches.
2615
2616 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2617 easily repeat a grep command.
2618
2619 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2620 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2621 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2622 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2623
2624 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2625 Run grep via find, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2626 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2627 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2628
2629 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2630 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2631
2632 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2633 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2634 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2635 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2636 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2637
2638 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2639
2640 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2641 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2642 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2643 See `compilation-mode'.
2644 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2645
2646 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2647 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2648 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2649 See `compilation-mode'.
2650 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2651
2652 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2653 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2654
2655 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2656 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2657
2658 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2659 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2660 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2661 and start at the first error.
2662
2663 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2664 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2665 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2666 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2667 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2668 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2669
2670 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2671 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2672 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2673
2674 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2675 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2676 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2677
2678 ;;;***
2679 \f
2680 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2681 ;;;;;; (14254 38847))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2683
2684 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2685 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2686 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2687
2688 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2689 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2690 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2691 as much as possible.
2692
2693 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2694 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2695 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2696 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2697
2698 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2699 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2700 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2701 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2702
2703 ;;;***
2704 \f
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2706 ;;;;;; (13884 8101))
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2708
2709 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2710 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2711
2712 ;;;***
2713 \f
2714 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
2715 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
2716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
2717
2718 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
2719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
2720 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
2721
2722 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
2723 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
2724 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
2725
2726 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
2727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
2728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
2729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
2730
2731 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
2732 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
2733
2734 ;;;***
2735 \f
2736 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
2737 ;;;;;; (13940 33533))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
2739
2740 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
2741 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
2742 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
2743 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
2744 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
2745 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
2746
2747 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
2748 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
2749
2750 ;;;***
2751 \f
2752 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
2753 ;;;;;; (14177 62902))
2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
2755
2756 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
2757 Major mode for editing Perl code.
2758 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
2759 Tab indents for Perl code.
2760 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
2761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
2762
2763 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
2764 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
2765 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
2766 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
2767 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
2768 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
2769 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
2770 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
2771 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
2772 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
2773 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
2774 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
2775
2776 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
2777
2778 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
2779 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
2780
2781 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
2782
2783 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
2784 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
2785 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
2786 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
2787 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
2788 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
2789 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
2790 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
2791 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
2792
2793 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
2794
2795 bite if angry;
2796
2797 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
2798 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
2799 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
2800 to nil.)
2801
2802 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
2803 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
2804 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
2805
2806 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
2807
2808 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
2809 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
2810 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
2811 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
2812 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
2813
2814 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
2815
2816 if (A) { B }
2817
2818 into
2819
2820 B if A;
2821
2822 \\{cperl-mode-map}
2823
2824 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
2825 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
2826 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
2827 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
2828 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
2829 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
2830 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
2831 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
2832 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
2833 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
2834 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
2835 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
2836 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
2837
2838 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
2839 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
2840 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
2841 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
2842 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
2843 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
2844
2845 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
2846 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
2847 man via menu.
2848
2849 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
2850 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
2851 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
2852 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
2853 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
2854
2855 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
2856 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
2857 span the needed amount of lines.
2858
2859 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
2860 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
2861 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
2862 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
2863
2864 Variables controlling indentation style:
2865 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
2866 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
2867 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
2868 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
2869 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
2870 `cperl-auto-newline'
2871 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
2872 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
2873 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
2874 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
2875 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
2876 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
2877 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
2878 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
2879 `cperl-indent-level'
2880 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
2881 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
2882 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
2883 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
2884 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
2885 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
2886 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
2887 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
2888 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
2889 `cperl-brace-offset'
2890 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
2891 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
2892 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
2893 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
2894 `cperl-label-offset'
2895 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
2896 `cperl-min-label-indent'
2897 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
2898
2899 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
2900 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
2901 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
2902 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
2903 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
2904
2905 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
2906 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
2907 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
2908 \(both available from menu).
2909
2910 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
2911 column 0 is indented on
2912 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
2913
2914 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
2915 with no args.
2916
2917 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
2918 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
2919 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
2920
2921 ;;;***
2922 \f
2923 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
2924 ;;;;;; (13826 9909))
2925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
2926
2927 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
2928 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
2929 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
2930 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
2931 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
2932
2933 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
2934 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
2935
2936 ;;;***
2937 \f
2938 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
2939 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
2940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
2941
2942 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
2943 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
2944 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
2945 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
2946
2947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
2948 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
2949
2950 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
2951
2952 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
2953
2954 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
2955 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
2956 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
2957
2958 ;;;***
2959 \f
2960 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
2961 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
2962 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
2963 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
2964 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
2965 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
2966 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
2967 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
2968 ;;;;;; (14325 12270))
2969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
2970 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
2971
2972 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
2973 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
2974
2975 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
2976 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
2977
2978 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
2979 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
2980
2981 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
2982
2983 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
2984 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
2985
2986 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
2987 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
2988
2989 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
2990 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
2991
2992 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
2993 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
2994
2995 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
2996 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
2997
2998 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
2999
3000 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3001 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3002 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3003 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3004
3005 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3006 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3007
3008 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3009 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3010
3011 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3012 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3013
3014 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3015
3016 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3017 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3018 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3019 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3020 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3021
3022 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3023 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3024
3025 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3026 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3027
3028 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3029
3030 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3031 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3032
3033 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3034 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3035 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3036 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3037 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3038
3039 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3040 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3041 version." t nil)
3042
3043 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3044
3045 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3046 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3047 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3048
3049 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3050 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3051 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3052
3053 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3054 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
3055
3056 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3057 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3058
3059 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3060 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3061
3062 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3063 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3064 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3065 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3066 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3067 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3068 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3069
3070 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3071 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3072 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3073
3074 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3075 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3076
3077 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3078 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3079
3080 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3081 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3082 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3083 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3084 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3085 that option." nil nil)
3086
3087 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3088 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3089 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3090 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3091 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3092 that option." nil nil)
3093
3094 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3095 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3096
3097 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3098 File used for storing customization information.
3099 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3100 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3101 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.")
3102
3103 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3104 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3105
3106 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3107 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3108
3109 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3110 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3111 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3112
3113 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3114 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3115 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3116 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3117 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3118
3119 ;;;***
3120 \f
3121 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3122 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14300 63370))
3123 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3124
3125 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3126 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3127
3128 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3129 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3130 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3131
3132 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3133
3134 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3135 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3136 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3137
3138 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3139
3140 ;;;***
3141 \f
3142 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3143 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3144 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3145 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3146 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3147
3148 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3149 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3150
3151 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3152 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3153
3154 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3155 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3156
3157 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3158 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3159
3160 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3161 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3162
3163 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3164 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3165 For readability, the table is slightly
3166 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3167
3168 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3169 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3170 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3171 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3172 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3173
3174 ;;;***
3175 \f
3176 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3177 ;;;;;; (13833 28331))
3178 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3179
3180 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3181
3182 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3183
3184 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3185 Completion on current word.
3186 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3187 and presents suggestions for completion.
3188
3189 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3190 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3191 completions.
3192
3193 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3194 then it searches *all* buffers.
3195
3196 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3197 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3200 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3201
3202 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3203 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3204 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3205 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3206 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3207
3208 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3209 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3210
3211 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3212 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3213 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3214
3215 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3216 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3217
3218 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3219
3220 ;;;***
3221 \f
3222 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3223 ;;;;;; 39004))
3224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3225
3226 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3227 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3228
3229 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3230 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3231 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3232
3233 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3234 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3235 Data lines are not indented.
3236
3237 Key bindings:
3238
3239 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3240 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3241
3242 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3243 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3244 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3245 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3246
3247 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3248
3249 dcl-basic-offset
3250 Extra indentation within blocks.
3251
3252 dcl-continuation-offset
3253 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3254
3255 dcl-margin-offset
3256 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3257
3258 dcl-margin-label-offset
3259 Indentation for a label.
3260
3261 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3262 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3263
3264 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3265 dcl-block-end-regexp
3266 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3267 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3268 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3269 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3270 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3271
3272 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3273 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3274 Two such functions are included in the package:
3275 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3276 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3277
3278 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3279 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3280 One such function is included in the package:
3281 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3282
3283 dcl-tab-always-indent
3284 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3285 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3286 margin.
3287
3288 dcl-electric-characters
3289 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3290 typed.
3291
3292 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3293 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3294 which words trigger electric indentation.
3295
3296 dcl-tempo-comma
3297 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3298 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3299 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3300
3301 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3302 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3303 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3304 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3305
3306 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3307 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3308 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3309 dcl-imenu-label-call
3310 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3311
3312 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3313 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3314 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3315 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3316
3317
3318 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3319
3320 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3321 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3322 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3323 $ i = 1
3324 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3325 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3326 $ label:
3327 $ if i.eq.1
3328 $ then
3329 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3330 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3331 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3332 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3333 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3334 \"lined up with the command line\"
3335 $ type sys$input
3336 Data lines are not indented at all.
3337 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3338 $ endif
3339 $
3340 " t nil)
3341
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3345 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14144 60075))
3346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3347
3348 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3349
3350 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3351 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3352 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3353 of the evaluator.
3354
3355 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3356 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3357 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3358
3359 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3360 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3361 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3362 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3363 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3364 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3365 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3366
3367 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3368 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3369 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3370
3371 ;;;***
3372 \f
3373 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3374 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3376
3377 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3378 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3379
3380 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3381 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3382 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3383 Upper-case letters are commands.
3384
3385 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3386 modify it.
3387
3388 The most useful commands are:
3389 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3390 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3391 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3392 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3393 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3394 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3395
3396 ;;;***
3397 \f
3398 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3399 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14344 985))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3401
3402 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3403 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3404
3405 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3406
3407 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3408 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3409
3410 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3411
3412 ;;;***
3413 \f
3414 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14266
3415 ;;;;;; 16343))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3417
3418 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3419 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3420 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3421 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3422 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3423 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3424
3425 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3426
3427 Customization:
3428
3429 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3430 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3431 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3432 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3433 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3434 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3435 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3436 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3437 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3438 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3439 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3440 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3441 blank line.
3442 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3443 Directories to search when finding external units.
3444 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3445 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3446
3447 Coloring:
3448
3449 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3450 Face used to color delphi comments.
3451 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3452 Face used to color delphi strings.
3453 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3454 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3455 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3456 Face used to color everything else.
3457
3458 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3459 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3460
3461 ;;;***
3462 \f
3463 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3464 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14118 1921))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3466
3467 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3468
3469 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3470 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3471 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3472 positive.
3473
3474 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3475 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3476 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3477 any selection." t nil)
3478
3479 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3480 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3481 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3483 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3484
3485 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3486
3487 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3488
3489 ;;;***
3490 \f
3491 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
3492 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (13725 20263))
3493 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3494
3495 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
3496 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
3497
3498 The arguments to this command are as follow:
3499
3500 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
3501 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (ie. text-mode).
3502 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (ie. \"Hypertext\")
3503 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
3504 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
3505 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
3506 hooks for the new mode.
3507
3508 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
3509
3510 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
3511
3512 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
3513 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
3514 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
3515
3516 On a more complicated level, the following command uses sgml-mode as
3517 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
3518
3519 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
3520 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
3521 (setq case-fold-search nil))
3522
3523 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
3524 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
3525
3526 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3527 Initialise variables for a new mode.
3528 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3529 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3530 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3531
3532 ;;;***
3533 \f
3534 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3535 ;;;;;; (13897 58892))
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3537
3538 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3539 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3540 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3541
3542 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3543 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3544 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3545 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3546
3547 ;;;***
3548 \f
3549 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3550 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3551 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3552 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3553 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3554 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3555 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3556 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (13941 59162))
3557 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3558
3559 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3560 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3561
3562 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3563 Convert IS 13194 characters to Devanagari basic characters." nil nil)
3564
3565 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3566 Convert Devanagari basic characters to IS 13194 characters." nil nil)
3567
3568 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3569 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters." t nil)
3570
3571 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3572 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters." t nil)
3573
3574 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3575 Convert Indian String to Devanagari Basic Character String." nil nil)
3576
3577 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3578 Convert Devanagari characters in the string to Devanagari glyphs.
3579 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3580
3581 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3582 Decompose Devanagari glyph string STR to basic Devanagari character string." nil nil)
3583
3584 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3585
3586 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3587
3588 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3589
3590 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3591 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
3592
3593 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3594
3595 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3596 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
3597
3598 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3599
3600 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3601
3602 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3603
3604 ;;;***
3605 \f
3606 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
3607 ;;;;;; (14293 15105))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
3609
3610 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
3611 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
3612 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
3613 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
3614 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
3615
3616 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
3617 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
3618 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
3619
3620 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
3621 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
3622 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
3623 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
3624
3625 #!/bin/sh
3626 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
3627 emacs -batch \\
3628 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
3629 european-calendar-style t \\
3630 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
3631 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
3632 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
3633
3634 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
3635 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
3636 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
3637 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
3638
3639 ;;;***
3640 \f
3641 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
3642 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
3643 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
3644
3645 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
3646 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
3647
3648 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
3649 *The command to use to run diff.")
3650
3651 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
3652 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
3653 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
3654 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
3655 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
3656
3657 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
3658 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
3659 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
3660 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
3661 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
3662
3663 ;;;***
3664 \f
3665 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" (14344 986))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
3667
3668 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
3669 Major mode for viewing context diffs.
3670 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
3671 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
3672 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
3673 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
3674
3675 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.\\(diffs?\\|patch\\|rej\\)\\'" . diff-mode)))
3676
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
3680 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
3681 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
3682 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
3683 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14344 987))
3684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
3685
3686 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
3687 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
3688 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
3689 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
3690 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
3691
3692 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
3693 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
3694
3695 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
3696 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
3697 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
3698 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
3699 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
3700
3701 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
3702 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
3703
3704 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
3705 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
3706 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
3707 always set this variable to t.")
3708
3709 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
3710 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
3711 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
3712 A value of t means move to first file.")
3713
3714 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
3715 *Controls marking of renamed files.
3716 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
3717 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
3718 are afterward marked with that character.")
3719
3720 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
3721 *Controls marking of copied files.
3722 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
3723 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3724
3725 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
3726 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
3727 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
3728 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3729
3730 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
3731 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
3732 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
3733 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3734
3735 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
3736 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
3737 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
3738 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
3739
3740 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
3741
3742 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
3743 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
3744 \(This works on only some systems.)")
3745 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
3746
3747 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
3748 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
3749 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
3750 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
3751 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
3752 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
3753 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
3754 list of files to make directory entries for.
3755 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
3756 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
3757 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
3758 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
3759
3760 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
3761 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
3762
3763 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
3764 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
3765 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
3766
3767 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
3768 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
3769
3770 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
3771 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
3772
3773 ;;;***
3774 \f
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
3776 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
3777 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
3778 ;;;;;; dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp
3779 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink-regexp dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp
3780 ;;;;;; dired-do-rename dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy
3781 ;;;;;; dired-create-directory dired-rename-file dired-copy-file
3782 ;;;;;; dired-relist-file dired-remove-file dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay
3783 ;;;;;; dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile dired-do-compress dired-compress-file
3784 ;;;;;; dired-do-kill-lines dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print
3785 ;;;;;; dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff
3786 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (14305 17690))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
3788
3789 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
3790 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
3791 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
3792 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
3793 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
3794 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
3795
3796 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
3797 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
3798 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
3799 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
3800 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
3801 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
3802
3803 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
3804 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
3805 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
3806
3807 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
3808 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3809
3810 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
3811 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3812
3813 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
3814 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
3815 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
3816 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
3817
3818 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
3819 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
3820 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
3821 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
3822 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
3823
3824 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
3825
3826 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
3827 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
3828 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
3829
3830 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
3831 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
3832 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
3833
3834 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
3835 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
3836
3837 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
3838 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
3839
3840 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
3841 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
3842 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
3843 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
3844 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
3845 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
3846
3847 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3848
3849 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
3850 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3851
3852 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
3853 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
3854
3855 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
3856 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
3857
3858 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
3859 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
3860 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
3861 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
3862
3863 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3864
3865 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3866
3867 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3868
3869 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3870
3871 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3872
3873 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
3874 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
3877 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
3878 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
3879 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3880 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
3881 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
3882 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3883
3884 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
3885 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3886 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3887 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
3888 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
3889 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3890
3891 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
3892 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3893 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3894 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
3895 and new hard links are made in that directory
3896 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3897
3898 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
3899 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3900 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
3901 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
3902
3903 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3904 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3905 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
3906 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
3907 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
3908 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
3909
3910 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
3911 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3914 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3915 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3916
3917 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3918 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3919 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3920
3921 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3922 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3923 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3924
3925 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
3926 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
3927
3928 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
3929 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
3930
3931 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3932 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
3933 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
3934 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
3935 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
3936 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
3937 this subdirectory.
3938 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
3939
3940 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3941 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
3942 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
3943
3944 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3945 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
3946 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
3947 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
3948
3949 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
3950 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
3951 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
3952 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
3953
3954 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3955 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
3956 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
3957
3958 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
3959 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
3960
3961 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
3962 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
3963
3964 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3965 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
3966 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
3967 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
3968
3969 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
3970 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
3971 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
3972 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
3973
3974 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
3975 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
3976 Stops when a match is found.
3977 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
3978
3979 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
3980 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
3981 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
3982 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
3983 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
3984
3985 ;;;***
3986 \f
3987 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14279 64871))
3988 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
3989
3990 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
3991 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
3992 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
3993 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
3994 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
3995 buffer and try again." t nil)
3996
3997 ;;;***
3998 \f
3999 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4001
4002 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4003 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4004 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4005
4006 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4007
4008 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4009 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4010
4011 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4012 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4013 " nil nil)
4014
4015 ;;;***
4016 \f
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4018 ;;;;;; 9615))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4020
4021 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4022 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4023 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4024 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4025 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4026 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4027
4028 ;;;***
4029 \f
4030 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4031 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4032 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4033 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4034 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14168 7692))
4035 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4036
4037 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4038 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4039
4040 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4041 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4042 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4043 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4044 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4045
4046 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4047 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4048 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4049 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4050 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4051
4052 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4053 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4054
4055 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4056 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4057
4058 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4059 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4060
4061 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4062 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4063
4064 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4065 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4066
4067 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4068 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4069 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4070 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4071
4072 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4073 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4074 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4075 X frame." nil nil)
4076
4077 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4078 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4079
4080 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4081
4082 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4083 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4084
4085 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4086 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4087 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4088 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4089
4090 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4091 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4092 European character display.
4093
4094 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4095 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4096 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4097 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4098
4099 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4100 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4101 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4102 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4103 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." t nil)
4104
4105 ;;;***
4106 \f
4107 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4108 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4110
4111 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4112 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4113 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4114 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4115 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4116 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4117 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4118 Default is 2." t nil)
4119
4120 ;;;***
4121 \f
4122 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4124
4125 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4126 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4127
4128 ;;;***
4129 \f
4130 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4131 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4132 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4133
4134 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4135 Toggle Double mode.
4136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4137 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4138
4139 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4140
4141 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4142
4143 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4144 Toggle Double mode.
4145 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4146
4147 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4148 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4149
4150 ;;;***
4151 \f
4152 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565))
4153 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4154
4155 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4156 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4157
4158 ;;;***
4159 \f
4160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4161 ;;;;;; (14030 49072))
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4163
4164 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4165 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4166
4167 ;;;***
4168 \f
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4170 ;;;;;; (14279 64673))
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4172
4173 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4174 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4175 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4176 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4177
4178 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4179 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4180 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4181 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4182 in order to build a valid keymap.
4183
4184 \(defmacro easy-mmode-define-minor-mode
4185 (MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP)...)" nil (quote macro))
4186
4187 ;;;***
4188 \f
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4190 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14256
4191 ;;;;;; 22824))
4192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4193
4194 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4195 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4196 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4197 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4198
4199 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4200 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4201
4202 :filter FUNCTION
4203
4204 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4205 menu displayed.
4206
4207 :visible INCLUDE
4208
4209 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4210 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4211
4212 :active ENABLE
4213
4214 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4215 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4216
4217 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4218
4219 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4220
4221 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4222
4223 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4224 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4225
4226 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4227 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4228
4229 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4230
4231 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4232
4233 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4234
4235 :keys KEYS
4236
4237 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4238 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4239 computed automatically.
4240 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4241
4242 :key-sequence KEYS
4243
4244 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4245 menu item.
4246 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4247 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4248 keyboard equivalent.
4249
4250 :active ENABLE
4251
4252 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4253 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4254
4255 :included INCLUDE
4256
4257 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4258 expression has a non-nil value.
4259
4260 :suffix NAME
4261
4262 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4263
4264 :style STYLE
4265
4266 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4267 defined:
4268
4269 toggle: A checkbox.
4270 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4271 radio: A radio button.
4272 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4273 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4274 menu bar itself.
4275 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4276
4277 :selected SELECTED
4278
4279 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4280 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4281
4282 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4283 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4284 as a solid horizontal line.
4285
4286 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4287
4288 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4289
4290 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4291 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4292 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4293 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4294
4295 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4296 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4297 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4298 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4299 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4300 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4301
4302 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4303 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4304 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4305
4306 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4307 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4308
4309 ;;;***
4310 \f
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4312 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4314
4315 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4316 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4317 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4318 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4319
4320 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4321 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4322 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4323
4324 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4325 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4326 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4327
4328 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4329
4330 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4331
4332 ;;;***
4333 \f
4334 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4335 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28455))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4337
4338 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4339 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4340 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4341
4342 ;;;***
4343 \f
4344 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4345 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14347 61987))
4346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4347
4348 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4349 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4350 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4351 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4352 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4353
4354 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4355 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4356 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4357 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4358
4359 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4360 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4361 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4362 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4363
4364 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4365 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4366 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4367 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4368
4369 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4370
4371 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4372 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4373 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4374 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4375 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
4376
4377 ;;;***
4378 \f
4379 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
4380 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
4381 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
4382 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
4383 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
4384 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
4385 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
4386 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
4387 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
4388 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (13680 6803))
4389 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
4390
4391 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
4392 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
4393
4394 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
4395 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
4396
4397 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
4398
4399 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
4400
4401 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
4402 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
4403
4404 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
4405
4406 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
4407 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
4408
4409 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
4410
4411 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
4412 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
4413 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4414 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4415
4416 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
4417
4418 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4419 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
4420 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4421 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4422
4423 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
4424
4425 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
4426 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
4427 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
4428 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4429
4430 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
4431
4432 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
4433 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
4434 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4435 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4436
4437 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
4438
4439 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4440 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
4441 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
4442 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
4443 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4444 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4445
4446 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4447 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
4448 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4449 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4450
4451 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
4452
4453 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4454 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
4455 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4456 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4457
4458 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
4459
4460 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
4461
4462 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4463 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
4464 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4465 follows:
4466 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4467 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4468
4469 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
4470 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
4471 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4472 follows:
4473 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4474 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4475
4476 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4477 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
4478 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
4479 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
4480 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
4481
4482 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
4483 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
4484 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
4485 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
4486 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
4487 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
4488
4489 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
4490
4491 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
4492 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
4493
4494 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4495 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
4496
4497 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
4498
4499 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
4500 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
4501
4502 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4503 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
4504
4505 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
4506 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
4507 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4508 buffer." t nil)
4509
4510 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4511 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
4512 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4513 buffer." t nil)
4514
4515 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
4516 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
4517 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
4518 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
4519
4520 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
4521 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
4522
4523 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
4524 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
4525
4526 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
4527
4528 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
4529
4530 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
4531 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
4532 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4533 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
4534
4535 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
4536
4537 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
4538 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
4539 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
4540
4541 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
4542 Display Ediff's manual.
4543 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
4544
4545 ;;;***
4546 \f
4547 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
4548 ;;;;;; (13680 6780))
4549 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
4550
4551 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
4552 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
4553
4554 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
4555
4556 ;;;***
4557 \f
4558 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
4559 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14344 991))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
4561
4562 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
4563 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
4564 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
4565 which see." t nil)
4566
4567 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
4568 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
4569 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
4570 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
4571
4572 ;;;***
4573 \f
4574 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
4575 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
4576 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
4577 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
4578 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
4579
4580 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
4581 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
4582 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
4583
4584 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4585 Edit a keyboard macro.
4586 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
4587 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
4588 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
4589 its command name.
4590 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
4591
4592 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4593 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
4594
4595 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4596 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
4597
4598 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4599 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
4600 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
4601 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
4602 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
4603 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
4604
4605 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
4606 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
4607 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
4608 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4611 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
4612 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
4613 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
4614 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
4615 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
4616
4617 ;;;***
4618 \f
4619 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
4620 ;;;;;; 33724))
4621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
4622
4623 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
4624 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
4625
4626 ;;;***
4627 \f
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
4629 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
4631
4632 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
4633 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
4634 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
4635 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
4636 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
4637 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
4638 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
4639 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
4640
4641 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
4642 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
4643
4644 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
4645 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
4646 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
4647 this value is non-nil.
4648
4649 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
4650 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
4651 things.
4652
4653 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
4654 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
4655 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
4656
4657 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
4658
4659 ;;;***
4660 \f
4661 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
4662 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287))
4663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
4664
4665 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
4666 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
4667
4668 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
4669 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
4670 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
4671 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
4672 from the documentation string if possible.
4673
4674 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
4675 instead.
4676
4677 This variable is buffer-local.")
4678
4679 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
4680 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
4681 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
4682
4683 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
4684 of the mode.
4685 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
4686 the mode, respectively." t nil)
4687
4688 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
4689 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
4690
4691 ;;;***
4692 \f
4693 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
4694 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
4695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
4696
4697 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
4698 Initialize elint." t nil)
4699
4700 ;;;***
4701 \f
4702 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
4703 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
4704 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
4706
4707 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
4708 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
4709 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
4710
4711 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
4712 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
4713 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
4716 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
4717 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
4718
4719 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
4720 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
4721 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
4722
4723 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
4724
4725 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
4726 Display current profiling results.
4727 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
4728 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
4729 displayed." t nil)
4730
4731 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
4732 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
4733
4734 ;;;***
4735 \f
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
4737 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
4739
4740 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
4741 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
4742 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
4747 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
4748 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
4749 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
4750 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14344 994))
4751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
4752
4753 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
4754
4755 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
4756
4757 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
4758
4759 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
4760
4761 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
4762
4763 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
4764
4765 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
4766
4767 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
4768
4769 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
4770
4771 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
4772 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
4773
4774 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4775 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
4776
4777 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
4778 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
4779
4780 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4781 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
4782
4783 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4784
4785 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4786
4787 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4788
4789 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4790
4791 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
4792 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
4793
4794 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4795 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
4796
4797 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
4798
4799 ;;;***
4800 \f
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
4802 ;;;;;; (14232 6060))
4803 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
4804
4805 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
4806 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
4807 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4808
4809 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
4810 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
4811 automatically.
4812
4813 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
4814 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
4815 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
4816
4817 ;;;***
4818 \f
4819 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
4820 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14263 35403))
4821 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
4822
4823 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
4824 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
4825 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
4826 text/enriched format.
4827 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
4828
4829 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
4830 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
4831
4832 Commands:
4833
4834 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
4835
4836 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
4837
4838 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
4839
4840 ;;;***
4841 \f
4842 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
4844
4845 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
4846 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
4847 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
4848 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
4849
4850 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
4851 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
4852 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
4853
4854 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
4855
4856 ;;;***
4857 \f
4858 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
4859 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
4860 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
4861 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
4862 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
4863 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14281 39108))
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
4865
4866 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
4867 *File name of tags table.
4868 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
4869 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
4870 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
4871 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
4872
4873 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
4874 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
4875 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
4876 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
4877 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
4878 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
4879
4880 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
4881 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
4882 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
4883 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
4884 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
4885
4886 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
4887 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
4888 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
4889 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
4890
4891 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
4892 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
4893 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
4894 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
4895 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
4896
4897 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
4898 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
4899 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
4900 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
4901
4902 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
4903 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
4904 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
4905 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
4906 file the tag was in." t nil)
4907
4908 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
4909 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
4910 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
4911 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
4912 without directory names." nil nil)
4913
4914 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
4915 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4916 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
4917 but does not select the buffer.
4918 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
4919
4920 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4921 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4922 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4923 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
4924 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4925
4926 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4927
4928 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4929 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4930 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4931
4932 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4933
4934 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
4935 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4936 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
4937 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
4938
4939 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4940 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4941 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4942 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
4943 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4944
4945 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4946
4947 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4948 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4949 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4950
4951 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4952 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
4953
4954 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
4955 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4956 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
4957 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
4958 around or before point.
4959
4960 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4961 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4962 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4963 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
4964 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4965
4966 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4967
4968 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4969 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4970 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4971
4972 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4973 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
4974
4975 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
4976 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4977 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
4978 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
4979 around or before point.
4980
4981 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4982 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4983 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4984 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
4985 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4986
4987 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4988
4989 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4990 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4991 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
4992
4993 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
4994 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
4995
4996 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
4997 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
4998 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
4999
5000 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5001 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5002 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5003 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5004 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5005
5006 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5007
5008 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5009 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5010 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5011
5012 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5013 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5014 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5015
5016 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5017 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5018
5019 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5020 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5021 where they were found." t nil)
5022
5023 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5024 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5025
5026 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5027 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5028 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5029
5030 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5031 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5032
5033 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5034 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5035
5036 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5037 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5038 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5039 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5040
5041 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5042 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5043 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5044 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5045 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5046 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5047
5048 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5049 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5050 Stops when a match is found.
5051 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5052
5053 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5054
5055 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5056 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5057 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5058 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5059 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5060
5061 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5062
5063 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5064 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5065 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5066 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5067 directory specification." t nil)
5068
5069 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5070 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5071
5072 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5073 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5074 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5075 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5076
5077 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5078 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5079 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5080 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5081 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5082
5083 ;;;***
5084 \f
5085 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5086 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5087 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5088 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5089 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5090 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5091 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5092 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5093 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5094 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5095
5096 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5097 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5098
5099 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5100
5101 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5102 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5103 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5104 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5105
5106 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5107 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5108 language.
5109
5110 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5111 even if the buffer is read-only.
5112
5113 See also the descriptions of the variables
5114 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5115 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5116
5117 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5118 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5119
5120 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5121 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5122
5123 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5124 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5125 language.
5126
5127 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5128 buffer is read-only.
5129
5130 See also the descriptions of the variables
5131 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5132 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5133
5134 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5135 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5136 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5137
5138 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5139 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5140
5141 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5142 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5143
5144 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5145 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5146
5147 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5148 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5149 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5150 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5151
5152 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5153 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5154 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5155 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5156
5157 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5158 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5159 the primary language.
5160
5161 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5162 buffer is read-only.
5163
5164 See also the descriptions of the variables
5165 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5166 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5167
5168 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5169 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5170 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5171 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5172
5173 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5174 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5175 primary language.
5176
5177 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5178 buffer is read-only.
5179
5180 See also the descriptions of the variables
5181 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5182 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5183
5184 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5185 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5186 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5187
5188 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5189 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5190
5191 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5192 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5193 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5194 3) convert the body into SERA.
5195
5196 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5197
5198 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5199 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5203 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5204
5205 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5206 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5207
5208 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5209 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5210 be 1, 2, or 3.
5211
5212 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5213 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5214 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5215
5216 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5217
5218 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5219 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5220
5221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5222 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5223 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5224
5225 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5226 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5227
5228 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5229 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5230
5231 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5232 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5233
5234 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5235 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5236
5237 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5238 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5239
5240 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5241 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5242
5243 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5244 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5245
5246 ;;;***
5247 \f
5248 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
5249 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
5250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
5251
5252 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
5253 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
5254 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
5255 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
5256 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
5257 executable." t nil)
5258
5259 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
5260 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
5261 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
5262
5263 ;;;***
5264 \f
5265 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
5266 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14001 49633))
5267 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
5268
5269 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
5270 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
5271 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
5272 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
5273
5274 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
5275
5276 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
5277 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
5278 to generate such functions.
5279
5280 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
5281 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
5282 beginning of the expanded text.
5283
5284 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
5285 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
5286 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
5287 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
5288
5289 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
5290
5291 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
5292 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5293 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5294
5295 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
5296 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5297 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5298 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
5299 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
5300
5301 ;;;***
5302 \f
5303 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14240 53439))
5304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
5305
5306 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
5307 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
5308
5309 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
5310 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
5311 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
5312
5313 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
5314
5315 Key definitions:
5316 \\{f90-mode-map}
5317
5318 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5319
5320 f90-do-indent
5321 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
5322 f90-if-indent
5323 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
5324 f90-type-indent
5325 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
5326 f90-program-indent
5327 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
5328 (default 2)
5329 f90-continuation-indent
5330 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
5331 f90-comment-region
5332 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
5333 region. (default \"!!!$\")
5334 f90-indented-comment-re
5335 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
5336 (default \"!\")
5337 f90-directive-comment-re
5338 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
5339 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
5340 f90-break-delimiters
5341 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
5342 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
5343 f90-break-before-delimiters
5344 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
5345 (default t)
5346 f90-beginning-ampersand
5347 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
5348 f90-smart-end
5349 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
5350 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
5351 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
5352 f90-auto-keyword-case
5353 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
5354 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
5355 f90-leave-line-no
5356 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
5357 f90-startup-message
5358 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
5359 f90-keywords-re
5360 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
5361
5362 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
5363 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
5364
5365 ;;;***
5366 \f
5367 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
5368 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
5369 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
5370 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
5371 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14263 35411))
5372 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
5373 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
5374 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
5375
5376 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
5377 Menu keymap for faces.")
5378
5379 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
5380
5381 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
5382 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
5383
5384 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
5385
5386 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
5387 Menu keymap for background colors")
5388
5389 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
5390
5391 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
5392 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
5393
5394 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
5395
5396 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
5397 Submenu for text justification commands.")
5398
5399 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
5400
5401 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
5402 Submenu for indentation commands.")
5403
5404 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
5405
5406 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
5407 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
5408
5409 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
5410
5411 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------")))
5412
5413 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
5414
5415 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
5416
5417 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
5418 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
5419 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
5420 will not show through at all will be removed.
5421
5422 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
5423
5424 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
5425 this command sets the region to the requested face.
5426
5427 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
5428 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
5429 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
5430
5431 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
5432 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
5433 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
5434 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
5435 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
5436 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
5437 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
5438 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
5439
5440 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
5441 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
5442 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
5443 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
5444 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
5445 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
5446 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
5447 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
5448
5449 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
5450 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
5451 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
5452 is the menu item's name.
5453
5454 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
5455 this command sets the region to the requested face.
5456
5457 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
5458 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
5459 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
5460
5461 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
5462 Make the region invisible.
5463 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
5464 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5465
5466 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
5467 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
5468 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
5469 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5470
5471 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
5472 Make the region unmodifiable.
5473 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
5474 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5475
5476 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
5477 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
5478
5479 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
5480 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
5481
5482 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
5483 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
5484 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
5485
5486 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
5487 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
5488
5489 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
5490 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
5491
5492 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
5493 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
5494 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
5495 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
5496 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
5501 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14263 35417))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
5503
5504 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
5505 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
5506 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
5507 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
5508
5509 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
5510
5511 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
5512 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
5513 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
5514
5515 Font Lock caches may be saved:
5516 - When you save the file's buffer.
5517 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
5518 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
5519 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
5520 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
5521
5522 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
5523
5524 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
5525 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
5526 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
5527 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
5528
5529 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
5530 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
5531
5532 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
5533
5534 ;;;***
5535 \f
5536 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
5537 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
5538 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (13855 27094))
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
5540
5541 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
5542 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
5543
5544 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
5545 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
5546 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
5547 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
5548
5549 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
5550 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
5551 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
5552 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
5553 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
5554
5555 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
5556 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
5557 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
5558 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
5559 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
5560 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
5561 internally by feedmail):
5562
5563 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
5564 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
5565 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
5566 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
5567
5568 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
5569 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
5570 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
5571 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
5572 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
5573
5574 ;;;***
5575 \f
5576 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu ffap find-file-at-point
5577 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14021 43058))
5578 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
5579
5580 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
5581 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
5582 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
5583 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
5584 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
5585 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
5586 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
5587
5588 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
5589 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
5590 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
5591 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
5592 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
5593 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
5594 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
5595
5596 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
5597
5598 (autoload (quote ffap) "ffap" "\
5599 A short alias for the find-file-at-point command." nil nil)
5600
5601 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
5602 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
5603 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
5604 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
5605 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
5606 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
5607
5608 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
5609 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
5610 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
5611 Return value:
5612 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
5613 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
5614 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
5615
5616 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
5617 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
5618
5619 ;;;***
5620 \f
5621 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
5622 ;;;;;; (14332 47759))
5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
5624
5625 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
5626 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
5627 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
5628 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
5629 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
5630 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
5631 \(directories) is done." t nil)
5632 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5633 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5634 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5635
5636 ;;;***
5637 \f
5638 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
5639 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14344 998))
5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
5641
5642 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
5643 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
5644 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
5645 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
5646 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
5647
5648 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
5649 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
5650 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
5651 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
5652
5653 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
5654 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
5655 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5656
5657 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
5658
5659 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
5660 as the final argument." t nil)
5661
5662 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
5663 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
5664 and run dired on those files.
5665 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
5666 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5667
5668 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
5669
5670 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
5671 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
5672 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5673
5674 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
5675
5676 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
5677
5678 ;;;***
5679 \f
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
5681 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
5682 ;;;;;; (13937 22881))
5683 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
5684
5685 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
5686 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
5687 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
5688
5689 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
5690
5691 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
5692 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
5693 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
5694
5695 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
5696 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
5697
5698 Variables of interest include:
5699
5700 - ff-case-fold-search
5701 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
5702 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
5703
5704 - ff-always-in-other-window
5705 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
5706 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
5707
5708 - ff-ignore-include
5709 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
5710
5711 - ff-always-try-to-create
5712 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
5713
5714 - ff-quiet-mode
5715 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
5716
5717 - ff-special-constructs
5718 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
5719 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
5720 extracting the filename from that construct.
5721
5722 - ff-other-file-alist
5723 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
5724
5725 - ff-search-directories
5726 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
5727 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
5728
5729 - ff-pre-find-hooks
5730 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
5731
5732 - ff-pre-load-hooks
5733 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
5734
5735 - ff-post-load-hooks
5736 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
5737
5738 - ff-not-found-hooks
5739 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
5740
5741 - ff-file-created-hooks
5742 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
5743
5744 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
5745 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
5746
5747 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
5748 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
5749
5750 ;;;***
5751 \f
5752 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
5753 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
5754 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
5755 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
5756 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
5757 ;;;;;; (14281 30913))
5758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
5759
5760 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
5761 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
5762
5763 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
5764 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
5765 not selected.
5766
5767 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
5768 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
5769 in `load-path'." nil nil)
5770
5771 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
5772 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
5773
5774 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
5775 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
5776 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
5777 it is one of the current buffers.
5778
5779 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
5780 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
5781 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
5782
5783 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
5784 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
5785
5786 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
5789 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
5790
5791 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
5792
5793 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
5794 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
5795
5796 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
5797 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
5798 not selected.
5799
5800 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
5801 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
5802
5803 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
5804 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
5805
5806 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
5807 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
5808 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
5809 it is one of the current buffers.
5810
5811 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
5812 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
5813 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
5814
5815 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
5816 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
5817
5818 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
5819
5820 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
5821 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
5822
5823 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
5824
5825 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
5826 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
5827 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
5828
5829 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
5830 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
5831
5832 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
5833 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
5834
5835 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
5836 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
5837
5838 ;;;***
5839 \f
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
5841 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
5843
5844 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
5845 Toggle flow control handling.
5846 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
5847 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
5848
5849 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
5850 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
5851 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
5852 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
5853 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
5854 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
5855
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
5859 ;;;;;; (14218 4428))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
5861
5862 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
5863 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
5864 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
5865 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
5866 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
5867 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
5868
5869 Bindings:
5870 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
5871 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
5872 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
5873
5874 Hooks:
5875 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
5876
5877 Remark:
5878 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
5879 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
5880 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
5881
5882 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
5883 consider adding:
5884 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
5885 in your .emacs file.
5886
5887 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
5888
5889 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
5890
5891 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
5892 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
5893
5894 ;;;***
5895 \f
5896 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
5897 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
5898 ;;;;;; (13674 33104))
5899 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
5900
5901 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
5902 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
5903
5904 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
5905 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
5906
5907 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
5908 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
5909
5910 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
5911 of two major techniques:
5912
5913 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
5914 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
5915 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
5916
5917 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
5918 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
5919 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
5920 movement commands.
5921
5922 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
5923 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
5924 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
5925 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
5926 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
5927 mileage may vary).
5928
5929 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
5930 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
5931
5932 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
5933
5934 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
5935 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
5936 \(This is the default.)
5937
5938 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
5939 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
5940
5941 Keys specific to Follow mode:
5942 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
5943
5944 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
5945 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
5946
5947 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
5948 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
5949 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
5950 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
5951 two windows always will display two successive pages.
5952 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
5953
5954 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
5955 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
5956 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
5957
5958 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
5959 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
5960 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
5961
5962 ;;;***
5963 \f
5964 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
5965 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
5966 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14302 34499))
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
5968
5969 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
5970 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
5971
5972 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
5973 Toggle Font Lock mode.
5974 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5975
5976 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
5977
5978 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
5979 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
5980 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
5981 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
5982
5983 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
5984 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
5985
5986 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
5987
5988 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
5989 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
5990 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
5991
5992 (global-font-lock-mode t)
5993
5994 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
5995 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
5996 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
5997 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
5998 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
5999 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6000
6001 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6002 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6003
6004 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6005 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6006
6007 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6008 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6009 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6010
6011 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6012 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6013
6014 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6015 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6016 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6017
6018 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6019 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6020 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6021
6022 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6023 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6024 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6025
6026 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6027 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE.
6028 MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6029 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6030 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6031 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6032 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6033 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6034 end of the current highlighting list.
6035
6036 For example:
6037
6038 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6039 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6040 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6041
6042 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6043 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6044
6045 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6046 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6047 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6048
6049 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6050 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6051 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6052 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6053 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6054
6055 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6056 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6057
6058 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6059 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6060 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6061 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6063 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6064
6065 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6066
6067 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6068
6069 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6070 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6071
6072 ;;;***
6073 \f
6074 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6075 ;;;;;; (14344 1056))
6076 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6077
6078 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6079 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6080 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6081 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6082 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6083
6084 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
6085 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
6086 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
6087 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
6088 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
6089 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
6090
6091 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6092 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6093
6094 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6095
6096 ;;;***
6097 \f
6098 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6099 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14162 18837))
6100 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6101
6102 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6103 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6104
6105 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6106 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6107 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6108 C-c < forms-first-record <
6109 C-c > forms-last-record >
6110 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6111 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6112 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6113 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6114 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6115 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6116 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6117 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6118 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6119 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6120 " t nil)
6121
6122 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6123 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6124
6125 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6126 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6127
6128 ;;;***
6129 \f
6130 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6131 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14246 52947))
6132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6133
6134 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6135 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6136 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6137 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6138 with a character in column 6.")
6139
6140 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6141 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6142 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6143 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6144
6145 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6146 Fortran keywords.
6147
6148 Key definitions:
6149 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6150
6151 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6152
6153 `comment-start'
6154 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6155 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6156 `fortran-do-indent'
6157 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6158 `fortran-if-indent'
6159 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6160 `fortran-structure-indent'
6161 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6162 (default 3)
6163 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6164 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6165 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6166 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6167 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6168 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6169 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6170 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6171 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6172 (for TAB format continuation style).
6173 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6174 indentation for a line of code.
6175 (default 'fixed)
6176 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6177 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6178 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6179 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6180 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6181 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6182 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6183 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6184 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6185 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6186 column 5. (default 1)
6187 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6188 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6189 statements. (default nil)
6190 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6191 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6192 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6193 statement. (default nil)
6194 `fortran-continuation-string'
6195 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6196 line. (default \"$\")
6197 `fortran-comment-region'
6198 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6199 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6200 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6201 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6202 as typed. (default t)
6203 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6204 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6205 (default t)
6206
6207 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6208 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6209
6210 ;;;***
6211 \f
6212 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
6213 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
6214 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
6215
6216 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
6217 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
6218
6219 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
6220 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
6221
6222 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
6223 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
6224 function.
6225
6226 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
6227 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
6228 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
6229 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
6230 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
6231 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
6232
6233 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6234 Each keyword should be a string.
6235
6236 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
6237 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
6238
6239 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
6240 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
6241 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
6242
6243 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
6244
6245 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
6246
6247 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
6248 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
6249 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
6250 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
6251
6252 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
6253 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
6254
6255 ;;;***
6256 \f
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
6258 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
6260
6261 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
6262 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
6265 Read network news.
6266 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6267 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
6268 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6269 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
6270 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
6271
6272 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
6273 Read news as a slave." t nil)
6274
6275 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
6276 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
6277
6278 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
6279 Read network news.
6280 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6281 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6282 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
6283
6284 ;;;***
6285 \f
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
6287 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
6288 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
6290
6291 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6292 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
6293
6294 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6295 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
6296
6297 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
6298 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
6299 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
6300 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
6301
6302 \(gnus-agentize)
6303
6304 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
6305 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
6306 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
6307
6308 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
6309 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
6310
6311 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
6312
6313 ;;;***
6314 \f
6315 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
6316 ;;;;;; (14030 49345))
6317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
6318
6319 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
6320 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
6321
6322 ;;;***
6323 \f
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
6325 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
6326 ;;;;;; 49350))
6327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
6328
6329 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
6330 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
6331
6332 Usage:
6333 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
6334
6335 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
6336 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
6337
6338 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
6339 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
6340
6341 ;;;***
6342 \f
6343 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
6344 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
6345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
6346
6347 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
6348 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
6349 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
6350
6351 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
6352 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
6353
6354 ;;;***
6355 \f
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
6357 ;;;;;; (14030 49385))
6358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
6359
6360 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
6361
6362 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
6363 Run batched scoring.
6364 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
6365
6366 ;;;***
6367 \f
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
6369 ;;;;;; (14030 49391))
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
6371
6372 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
6373 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
6374 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
6375
6376 ;;;***
6377 \f
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
6379 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
6381
6382 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
6383 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
6384 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
6385 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
6386 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
6387
6388 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
6389 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
6390
6391 ;;;***
6392 \f
6393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
6394 ;;;;;; (14030 49414))
6395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
6396
6397 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
6398 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
6399 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
6400 for matching on group names.
6401
6402 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
6403 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
6404
6405 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
6406
6407 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
6408
6409 ;;;***
6410 \f
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
6412 ;;;;;; (14030 49416))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
6414
6415 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
6416 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
6417
6418 ;;;***
6419 \f
6420 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
6421 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14344 1048))
6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
6423
6424 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
6425 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
6426
6427 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
6428 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
6429
6430 ;;;***
6431 \f
6432 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
6433 ;;;;;; (14030 49464))
6434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
6435
6436 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
6437 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
6438
6439 ;;;***
6440 \f
6441 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
6443
6444 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
6445 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
6446 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
6447 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
6448 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
6449
6450 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
6451 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
6452 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
6453
6454 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
6455 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
6456 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
6457
6458 ;;;***
6459 \f
6460 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
6461 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (13884 38368))
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el
6463
6464 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
6465 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
6466 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
6467 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
6468 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
6469
6470 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
6471 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
6472 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
6473 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
6474 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
6475
6476 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
6477 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
6478 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
6479 or to send e-mail.
6480 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
6481
6482 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
6483 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
6484
6485 ;;;***
6486 \f
6487 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
6488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
6489
6490 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
6491 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
6492 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
6493 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
6494 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
6495
6496 ;;;***
6497 \f
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
6499 ;;;;;; (14293 61777))
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
6501
6502 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
6503 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6504 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6505 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6506
6507 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
6508 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6509 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6510 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6511
6512 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
6513 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6514 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6515 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6516
6517 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
6518 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6519 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6520 and source-file directory for your debugger.
6521
6522 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
6523 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
6524
6525 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
6526 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6527 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6528 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6529
6530 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
6531 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
6532 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6533 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6534
6535 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
6536 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
6537 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
6538 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
6539 between it and it's value." t nil)
6540 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
6541
6542 ;;;***
6543 \f
6544 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
6545 ;;;;;; 23942))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
6547
6548 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
6549 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
6550 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
6551 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
6552
6553 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
6554 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
6555 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
6556 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
6557
6558 ;;;***
6559 \f
6560 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
6561 ;;;;;; (14268 8415))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
6563
6564 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
6565 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
6566
6567 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
6568 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
6569 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
6570 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
6571
6572 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
6573
6574 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
6575 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
6576 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
6577 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
6578 to be updated." t nil)
6579
6580 ;;;***
6581 \f
6582 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
6583 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
6584 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
6585
6586 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
6587 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
6588 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
6589 and window listing and describing the options.
6590 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
6591 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
6592
6593 ;;;***
6594 \f
6595 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
6596 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574))
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
6598
6599 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
6600 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
6601
6602 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
6603 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
6604
6605 ;;;***
6606 \f
6607 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
6608 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
6609 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
6610
6611 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
6612 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
6613 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
6614 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
6615 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
6616
6617 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
6618 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
6619
6620 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
6621 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
6622 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
6623 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
6624
6625 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
6626 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
6627 periods.
6628
6629 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
6630 in hexl format.
6631
6632 A sample format:
6633
6634 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
6635 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
6636 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
6637 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
6638 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
6639 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
6640 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
6641 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
6642 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
6643 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
6644 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
6645 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
6646 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
6647 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
6648 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
6649
6650 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
6651 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
6652 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
6653
6654 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
6655 also supported.
6656
6657 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
6658
6659 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
6660 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
6661 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
6662
6663 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
6664 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
6665 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
6666
6667 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
6668 into the buffer at the current point.
6669
6670 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
6671 into the buffer at the current point.
6672
6673 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
6674 into the buffer at the current point.
6675
6676 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
6677
6678 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
6679 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
6680
6681 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
6682
6683 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
6684
6685 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
6686 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
6687 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
6688
6689 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
6690 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
6691 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
6692
6693 ;;;***
6694 \f
6695 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
6696 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14301 32259))
6697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
6698
6699 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
6700 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
6701
6702 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
6703 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
6704 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6705 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
6706 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
6707 how the hiding is done:
6708
6709 hide-ifdef-env
6710 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
6711 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
6712 is used.
6713
6714 hide-ifdef-define-alist
6715 An association list of defined symbol lists.
6716 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
6717 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
6718 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
6719
6720 hide-ifdef-lines
6721 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
6722 #endif lines when hiding.
6723
6724 hide-ifdef-initially
6725 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
6726 is activated.
6727
6728 hide-ifdef-read-only
6729 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
6730 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
6731
6732 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
6733
6734 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
6735 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
6736
6737 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
6738 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
6739
6740 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
6741 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
6742
6743 ;;;***
6744 \f
6745 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-mouse-toggle-hiding hs-hide-all
6746 ;;;;;; hs-show-hidden-short-form hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
6747 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (13845 6001))
6748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
6749
6750 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
6751 Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
6752
6753 (defvar hs-show-hidden-short-form t "\
6754 Leave only the first line visible in a hidden block.
6755 If non-nil only the first line is visible when a block is in the
6756 hidden state, else both the first line and the last line are shown.
6757 A nil value disables `hs-adjust-block-beginning', which see.
6758
6759 An example of how this works: (in C mode)
6760 original:
6761
6762 /* My function main
6763 some more stuff about main
6764 */
6765 int
6766 main(void)
6767 {
6768 int x=0;
6769 return 0;
6770 }
6771
6772
6773 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is nil
6774 /* My function main...
6775 */
6776 int
6777 main(void)
6778 {...
6779 }
6780
6781 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is t
6782 /* My function main...
6783 int
6784 main(void)...
6785
6786 For the last case you have to be on the line containing the
6787 ellipsis when you do `hs-show-block'.")
6788
6789 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" nil nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (java-mode "\\(\\(\\([ ]*\\(\\(abstract\\|final\\|native\\|p\\(r\\(ivate\\|otected\\)\\|ublic\\)\\|s\\(tatic\\|ynchronized\\)\\)[ \n]+\\)*[.a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\(\\[[ \n]*\\][ \n]*\\)?\\([a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\)([^)]*)\\([ \n ]+throws[ \n][^{]+\\)?\\)\\|\\([ ]*static[^{]*\\)\\)[ \n]*{\\)" "}" "/[*/]" java-hs-forward-sexp hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
6790 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
6791 It has the form
6792 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
6793 If present, hideshow will use these values as regexps for start, end
6794 and comment-start, respectively. Since Algol-ish languages do not have
6795 single-character block delimiters, the function `forward-sexp' used
6796 by hideshow doesn't work. In this case, if a similar function is
6797 available, you can register it and have hideshow use it instead of
6798 `forward-sexp'. See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning'
6799 to see what is the use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
6800
6801 If any of those is left nil, hideshow will try to guess some values
6802 using function `hs-grok-mode-type'.
6803
6804 Note that the regexps should not contain leading or trailing whitespace.")
6805
6806 (autoload (quote hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "\
6807 Hide all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
6808 Move point to the beginning of the line, and it run the normal hook
6809 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'.
6810 If `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is t, also hide the comments." t nil)
6811
6812 (autoload (quote hs-mouse-toggle-hiding) "hideshow" "\
6813 Toggle hiding/showing of a block.
6814 Should be bound to a mouse key." t nil)
6815
6816 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
6817 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
6818 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
6819 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
6820 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
6821 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
6822 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc
6823 for `run-hooks'.
6824
6825 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
6826 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'.
6827 Also see the documentation for the variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form'.
6828
6829 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
6830 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
6831
6832 Key bindings:
6833 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
6834
6835 ;;;***
6836 \f
6837 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
6838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
6839 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
6840 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
6841 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
6842
6843 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
6844
6845 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
6846 Remove the change face from the region.
6847 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
6848
6849 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
6850 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
6851
6852 Without an argument,
6853 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
6854 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
6855 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
6856
6857 With an argument,
6858 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
6859 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
6860 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
6861
6862 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
6863 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
6864 not displayed in a different face.
6865
6866 Functions:
6867 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
6868 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
6869 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
6870 buffer with the contents of a file
6871 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
6872 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
6873 various faces.
6874
6875
6876 Hook variables:
6877 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
6878 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
6879 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
6880 " t nil)
6881
6882 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
6883 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
6884
6885 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
6886 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
6887
6888 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
6889 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
6890
6891 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
6892 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
6893 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
6894 shown in the last face in the list.
6895
6896 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
6897 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
6898 buffer to be saved):
6899 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
6900 " t nil)
6901
6902 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
6903 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
6904
6905 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
6906 and not in read-only mode.
6907
6908 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
6909 when called interactively.
6910
6911 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
6912 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
6913 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
6914
6915 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
6916 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
6917 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
6918
6919 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
6920 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
6921
6922 When called interactively:
6923 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
6924 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
6925 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
6926 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
6927
6928 When called from a program:
6929 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
6930 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
6931 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
6932 - otherwise just turn it on
6933
6934 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
6935 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
6936 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
6937 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
6938
6939 ;;;***
6940 \f
6941 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
6942 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
6943 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
6944 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (13674
6945 ;;;;;; 32888))
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
6947
6948 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
6949 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
6950 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
6951 or insert functions in this list.")
6952
6953 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
6954 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
6955
6956 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
6957 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
6958
6959 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
6960 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
6961
6962 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
6963 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
6964
6965 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
6966 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
6967 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
6968
6969 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
6970 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
6971 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
6972 \(as atoms)")
6973
6974 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
6975 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
6976 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
6977 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
6978 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
6979
6980 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
6981 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
6982 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
6983 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
6984 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
6985 expansions.
6986 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
6987 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
6988 undoes the expansion." t nil)
6989
6990 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
6991 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
6992 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
6993 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
6994
6995 ;;;***
6996 \f
6997 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
6998 ;;;;;; (14248 36723))
6999 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7000
7001 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7002 Non-nil if Hl-Line mode is enabled.")
7003
7004 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7005
7006 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7007
7008 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7009 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point.
7010
7011 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7012 Only useful with a windowing system.
7013 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7014 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7015
7016 ;;;***
7017 \f
7018 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7019 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7021
7022 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7023 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7024
7025 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7026 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7027
7028 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7029
7030 ;;;***
7031 \f
7032 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7033 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14291 58671))
7034 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7035
7036 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7037 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7038
7039 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7040 This function is absolete." t nil)
7041
7042 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7043 This function is absolete." t nil)
7044
7045 ;;;***
7046 \f
7047 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7048 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14118 2245))
7049 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7050
7051 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7052 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7053 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7054
7055 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7056 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7057 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7058
7059 ;;;***
7060 \f
7061 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7063
7064 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7065 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7066 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7067 Tab indents for Icon code.
7068 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7069 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7070 \\{icon-mode-map}
7071 Variables controlling indentation style:
7072 icon-tab-always-indent
7073 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7074 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7075 icon-auto-newline
7076 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7077 inserted in Icon code.
7078 icon-indent-level
7079 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7080 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7081 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7082 icon-continued-statement-offset
7083 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7084 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7085 icon-continued-brace-offset
7086 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7087 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7088 icon-brace-offset
7089 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7090 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7091 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7092 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7093
7094 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7095 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7096
7097 ;;;***
7098 \f
7099 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
7100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
7101 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
7102
7103 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
7104 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
7105 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
7106
7107 ;;;***
7108 \f
7109 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
7110 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header)
7111 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14344 1003))
7112 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
7113
7114 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
7115 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
7116 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
7117 be determined." nil nil)
7118
7119 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
7120 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
7121 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
7122
7123 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
7124 Create an image which will be loaded from FILE.
7125 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
7126 or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes.
7127 If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type.
7128 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
7129 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
7130 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
7131
7132 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
7133 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
7134 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
7135 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
7136 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
7137 image.
7138 POS may be an integer or marker.
7139 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7140 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7141 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7142 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7143
7144 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
7145 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
7146 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
7147 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
7148 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7149 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7150 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7151 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7152
7153 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
7154 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
7155 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
7156 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
7157
7158 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
7159 Define SYMBOL as an image.
7160
7161 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
7162 documentation string.
7163
7164 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
7165 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
7166 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE
7167 is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the
7168 file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE
7169 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL.
7170
7171 Example:
7172
7173 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
7174 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
7175
7176 ;;;***
7177 \f
7178 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
7179 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
7180 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
7181
7182 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
7183 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
7184
7185 Affects only the mouse index menu.
7186
7187 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
7188 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
7189 in the buffer.
7190
7191 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
7192
7193 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
7194 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
7195 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
7196
7197 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
7198 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
7199
7200 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
7201 to create a buffer index.
7202
7203 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
7204 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
7205 or like this:
7206 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
7207 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
7208 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
7209 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
7210 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
7211
7212 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
7213 entries are not nested.
7214
7215 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
7216 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
7217 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
7218 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
7219
7220 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
7221 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
7222
7223 The variable is buffer-local.
7224
7225 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
7226 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
7227 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
7228
7229 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
7230 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
7231 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
7232 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
7233
7234 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
7235
7236 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
7237 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
7238
7239 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
7240 of the current buffer as an alist.
7241
7242 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
7243 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
7244 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
7245 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
7246 if it is a sub-alist.
7247
7248 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
7249
7250 The variable is buffer-local.")
7251
7252 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
7253
7254 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
7255 Function for finding the next index position.
7256
7257 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
7258 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
7259 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
7260 file.
7261
7262 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
7263 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
7264
7265 This variable is local in all buffers.")
7266
7267 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
7268
7269 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
7270 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
7271
7272 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
7273 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
7274 It should return the name for that index item.
7275
7276 This variable is local in all buffers.")
7277
7278 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
7279
7280 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
7281 Function to compare string with index item.
7282
7283 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
7284 non-nil if they match.
7285
7286 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
7287 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
7288 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
7289 arguments match\".
7290
7291 This variable is local in all buffers.")
7292
7293 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
7294
7295 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
7296 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
7297 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
7298
7299 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
7300
7301 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
7302
7303 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
7304 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
7305 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
7306 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
7309 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
7310
7311 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
7314 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
7315 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
7316 for more information." t nil)
7317
7318 ;;;***
7319 \f
7320 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
7321 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
7322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
7323
7324 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
7325 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
7326 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
7327 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
7328 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
7329
7330 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
7331 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
7332
7333 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
7334 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
7335 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
7336 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
7337 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
7338 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
7339 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
7340 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
7341
7342 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
7343 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
7344 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
7345 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
7346 Inferior Lisp buffer.
7347
7348 More precise choices:
7349 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
7350 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
7351 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
7352
7353 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
7354
7355 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
7356 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
7357
7358 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
7359 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
7360 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
7361 to that buffer.
7362 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
7363 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
7364 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
7365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7366 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
7367
7368 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
7369
7370 ;;;***
7371 \f
7372 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
7373 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
7374 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14344 1005))
7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
7376
7377 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
7378 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
7379 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
7380
7381 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
7382 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
7383 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
7384 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
7385 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
7386 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
7387
7388 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
7389 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
7390
7391 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
7392 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
7393 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
7396 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
7397 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
7398 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
7399
7400 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
7401 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
7402 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
7403 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
7404 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
7405
7406 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
7407 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
7408 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
7409 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
7410 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
7411 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
7412
7413 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
7414 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
7415 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
7416
7417 ;;;***
7418 \f
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
7420 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
7421 ;;;;;; (14272 15606))
7422 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
7423
7424 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
7425 Throw away all cached data.
7426 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
7427 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
7428 system." t nil)
7429
7430 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
7431 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
7432 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
7433 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
7434 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
7435 The default symbol is the one found at point.
7436
7437 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
7440 Display the documentation of a file.
7441 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
7442 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
7443 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
7444 The default file name is the one found at point.
7445
7446 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
7449 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
7450
7451 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
7452 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
7453
7454 ;;;***
7455 \f
7456 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
7457 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
7459
7460 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
7461 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
7462
7463 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
7464 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
7465 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
7466
7467 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
7468 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
7469 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
7470
7471 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
7472 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
7473 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
7474 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
7475
7476 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
7477 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
7478 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
7479
7480 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
7481 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
7482 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
7483 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
7484 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
7485
7486 ;;;***
7487 \f
7488 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
7489 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
7490 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
7491 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
7492
7493 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
7494 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
7495
7496 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
7497 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
7500
7501 ;;;***
7502 \f
7503 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
7504 ;;;;;; (14127 16274))
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
7506
7507 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
7508 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
7509 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
7510 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
7511 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
7512 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
7513
7514 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
7515 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
7516
7517 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
7518 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
7519 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
7520 \"s gives German sharp s.
7521 /a gives a with ring.
7522 /e gives an a-e ligature.
7523 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
7524 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
7525 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
7526
7527 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
7528 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
7529
7530 ;;;***
7531 \f
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
7533 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
7534 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
7535 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
7537
7538 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
7539 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
7540 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7541 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7542 `format-alist')." t nil)
7543
7544 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
7545 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
7546 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7547 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7548 `format-alist')." t nil)
7549
7550 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
7551 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
7552 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7553 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7554 `format-alist')." t nil)
7555
7556 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
7557 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
7558 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7559 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7560 `format-alist')." t nil)
7561
7562 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
7563 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
7564 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7565 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7566 `format-alist')." t nil)
7567
7568 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
7569 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
7570 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7571 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7572 `format-alist')." t nil)
7573
7574 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
7575 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
7576 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7577 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7578 `format-alist')." t nil)
7579
7580 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
7581 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
7582
7583 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
7584 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
7585
7586 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
7587 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
7588
7589 ;;;***
7590 \f
7591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
7592 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
7594 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
7595 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
7596 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
7597
7598 ;;;***
7599 \f
7600 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
7601 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
7602 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
7603 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
7604 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
7605 ;;;;;; (14335 43064))
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
7607
7608 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
7609 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
7610 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
7611 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
7612
7613 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
7614 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
7615 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
7616
7617 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
7618
7619 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
7620
7621 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
7622
7623 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
7624
7625 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
7626
7627 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
7628
7629 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
7630 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
7631
7632 Each element of this list is also a list:
7633
7634 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
7635 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
7636
7637 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
7638 nil means the default dictionary.
7639
7640 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
7641 word.
7642
7643 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
7644
7645 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
7646 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
7647 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
7648 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
7649 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
7650 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
7651 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
7652 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
7653 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
7654
7655 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
7656 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
7657 single word.
7658
7659 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
7660 subprocess.
7661
7662 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
7663 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
7664 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
7665 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
7666 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
7667 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
7668 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
7669 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
7670
7671 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
7672
7673 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
7674 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
7675 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
7676
7677 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
7678 Key map for ispell menu.")
7679
7680 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
7681 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
7682 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
7683 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
7684
7685 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version))))
7686
7687 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))
7688
7689 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
7690
7691 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
7692
7693 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
7694
7695 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
7696 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
7697 The alist key must be a regular expression.
7698 Valid forms include:
7699 (KEY) - just skip the key.
7700 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
7701 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
7702 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
7703
7704 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
7705 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
7706 First list is used raw.
7707 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
7708
7709 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
7710 for skipping in latex mode.")
7711
7712 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
7713
7714 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
7715 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
7716 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
7717 in a window allowing you to choose one.
7718
7719 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
7720 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
7721 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
7722 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
7723 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
7724
7725 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
7726 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
7727
7728 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
7729
7730 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
7731 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
7732
7733 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
7734 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
7735
7736 Selections are:
7737
7738 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
7739 SPC: Accept word this time.
7740 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
7741 `a': Accept word for this session.
7742 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
7743 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
7744 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
7745 `?': Show these commands.
7746 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
7747 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
7748 the aborted check to be completed later.
7749 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
7750 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
7751 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
7752 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
7753 `C-l': redraws screen
7754 `C-r': recursive edit
7755 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
7756
7757 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
7758 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
7759 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
7762 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
7763 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
7764
7765 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
7766
7767 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
7768
7769 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
7770 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
7771 Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil)
7772
7773 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
7774 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
7775
7776 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
7777 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
7778
7779 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
7780 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
7781
7782 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
7783 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
7784 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
7785 sequence inside of a word.
7786
7787 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
7788
7789 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
7790 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
7791
7792 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
7793 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
7794 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
7795
7796 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
7797 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
7798
7799 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
7800 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
7801
7802 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
7803 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
7804 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
7805 Don't check included messages.
7806
7807 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
7808 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
7809 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
7810
7811 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
7812 in your .emacs file:
7813 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
7814 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
7815 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
7816 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
7817
7818 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
7819 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
7820 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
7821
7822 ;;;***
7823 \f
7824 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
7825 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
7826 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14347 61960))
7827 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
7828
7829 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7830 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
7831 Return the name of a buffer selected.
7832 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
7833 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
7834 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
7835
7836 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
7837 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
7838 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
7839 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
7840
7841 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7842 Switch to another buffer.
7843
7844 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
7845 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
7846 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
7847 in another frame.
7848 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7849
7850 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
7851 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
7852 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7853 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7854
7855 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7856 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
7857 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7858 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7859
7860 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
7861 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
7862 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7863 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7864
7865 ;;;***
7866 \f
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
7868 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
7869 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
7870 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
7871 ;;;;;; (14347 63248))
7872 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
7873
7874 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
7875 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
7876
7877 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
7878
7879 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
7880 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
7881 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7882 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
7883 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
7884 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
7885 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
7886 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
7887
7888 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
7889 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
7890 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7891 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
7892
7893 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
7894 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
7895 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7896 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
7897 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
7898
7899 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
7900 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
7901 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7902 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
7903
7904 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
7905 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
7906 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
7907 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
7908
7909 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
7910 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
7911
7912 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
7913 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
7914 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
7915 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
7916 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
7919 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
7920 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
7921 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
7922 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
7923
7924 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
7925 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
7926 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
7927
7928 ;;;***
7929 \f
7930 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
7931 ;;;;;; (14275 59802))
7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
7933
7934 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
7935 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
7936 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7937 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
7938
7939 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
7940 following ways:
7941
7942 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
7943 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
7944 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
7945 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
7946 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
7947
7948 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
7949 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
7950 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
7951 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
7952
7953 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
7954 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
7955 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
7956 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
7957 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
7958 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
7959 strings or comments span lines.
7960
7961 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
7962 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
7963 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
7964 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
7965
7966 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
7967 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
7968
7969 ;;;***
7970 \f
7971 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
7972 ;;;;;; (14344 1006))
7973 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
7974
7975 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
7976 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
7977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7978 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
7979
7980 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7981
7982 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
7983 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
7984 "\
7985 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
7986 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
7987 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
7988 (interactive "P")
7989 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
7990 (progn
7991 (require 'jka-compr)
7992 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
7993 (toggle-auto-compression)))
7994 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
7995
7996 ;;;***
7997 \f
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
7999 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8001
8002 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8003 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8004 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8005
8006 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8007 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8008 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8009 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8010 shorter.
8011
8012 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8013 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8014 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8015
8016 ;;;***
8017 \f
8018 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8019 ;;;;;; 39847))
8020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8021
8022 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8023 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8024 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8025 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8026 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8027 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8028 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8029
8030 ;;;***
8031 \f
8032 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
8033 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8035
8036 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8037 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8038 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8039
8040 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
8041 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
8042
8043 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8044
8045 ;;;***
8046 \f
8047 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
8048 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
8050
8051 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
8052
8053 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
8054 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
8055
8056 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
8057
8058 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
8059 Start or resume an Lm game.
8060 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
8061 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
8062
8063 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
8064 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8065 none / 1 | yes | no
8066 2 | yes | yes
8067 3 | no | yes
8068 4 | no | no
8069
8070 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
8071 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
8072 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8073
8074 ;;;***
8075 \f
8076 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
8077 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
8078 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
8079
8080 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
8081 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
8082
8083 ;;;***
8084 \f
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
8086 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14263 35461))
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
8088
8089 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
8090 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
8091 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
8092 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8093
8094 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
8095
8096 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
8097
8098 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
8099 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
8100 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
8101 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
8102 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
8103 for large buffers.
8104
8105 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
8106 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
8107 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
8108 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
8109 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
8110
8111 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
8112 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
8113 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
8114 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
8115 slow to keep up with your typing.
8116
8117 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
8118 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
8119 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
8120 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
8121 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
8122 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
8123
8124 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8125 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8126 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8127 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8128
8129 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
8130 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
8131 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
8132 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
8133
8134 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8135 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8136 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8137 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
8138 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
8139
8140 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
8141 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
8142
8143 ;;;***
8144 \f
8145 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
8146 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
8148
8149 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
8150 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
8151
8152 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
8153 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
8154
8155 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
8156 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
8157
8158 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
8159 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
8160 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
8161 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
8162 for later transmission to Lisp job.
8163 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
8164 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
8165 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
8166 and transmit saved text.
8167 \\{ledit-mode-map}
8168 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
8169 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
8170
8171 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
8172
8173 ;;;***
8174 \f
8175 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
8177
8178 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
8179 Run Conway's Life simulation.
8180 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
8181 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
8182 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
8183
8184 ;;;***
8185 \f
8186 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
8187 ;;;;;; 16173))
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
8189
8190 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
8191 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
8192 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
8193 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
8194
8195 ;;;***
8196 \f
8197 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
8198 ;;;;;; (14344 1013))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
8200
8201 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
8202 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
8203 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
8206 Run the locate command with a filter." t nil)
8207
8208 ;;;***
8209 \f
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
8211 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14149
8212 ;;;;;; 56563))
8213 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
8214
8215 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
8216 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
8217 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
8218
8219 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
8220 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
8221
8222 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
8223 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
8224 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
8225 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
8226 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
8227 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
8228 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
8229
8230 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
8231 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
8232 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
8233 switch on this list.
8234 See `lpr-command'.")
8235
8236 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
8237 *Name of program for printing a file.
8238
8239 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
8240 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
8241 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
8242 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
8243 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
8244 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
8245 argument.")
8246
8247 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
8248 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
8249 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8250
8251 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
8252 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
8253 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
8256 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
8257 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8258
8259 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
8260 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
8261 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8262
8263 ;;;***
8264 \f
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14251 18531))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
8267
8268 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
8269 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
8270 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
8271 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
8272 package is used.")
8273
8274 ;;;***
8275 \f
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
8277 ;;;;;; 53924))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
8279
8280 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
8281 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
8282 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
8283
8284 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
8285
8286 ;;;***
8287 \f
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
8289 ;;;;;; 30919))
8290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
8291
8292 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
8293 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
8294 \\{m4-mode-map}
8295 " t nil)
8296
8297 ;;;***
8298 \f
8299 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
8300 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
8301 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
8302
8303 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
8304 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
8305 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
8306 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
8307 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
8308
8309 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
8310 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
8311 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
8312 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
8313
8314 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
8315 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
8316 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
8317 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
8318 bindings.
8319
8320 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
8321 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
8322
8323 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
8324 Query user during kbd macro execution.
8325 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
8326 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
8327 each time the macro executes.
8328 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
8329 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
8330 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
8331 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
8332 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
8333 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
8334 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
8335
8336 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
8337 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
8338 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
8339
8340 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
8341 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
8342 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
8343 execute.
8344
8345 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
8346 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
8347
8348 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
8349 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
8350 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
8351 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
8352 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
8353
8354 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
8355 looked like this:
8356
8357 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
8358 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
8359 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
8360
8361 You could enter the names in this format:
8362
8363 foo
8364 bar
8365 baz
8366
8367 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
8368
8369 \\C-x (
8370 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
8371 \\C-x )
8372
8373 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
8374 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
8375 " t nil)
8376 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
8377
8378 ;;;***
8379 \f
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
8381 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
8383
8384 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
8385 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
8386 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
8387 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
8388
8389 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
8390 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
8391 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
8392 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
8393 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
8394
8395 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
8396 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
8397 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
8398 consing a string.)" nil nil)
8399
8400 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
8401 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
8402
8403 ;;;***
8404 \f
8405 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
8406 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
8407 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
8409
8410 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
8411 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
8412
8413 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
8414
8415 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
8416 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
8417
8418 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
8419 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
8420 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
8421 message.
8422
8423 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
8424
8425 ;;;***
8426 \f
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
8428 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
8429 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14263
8430 ;;;;;; 33297))
8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
8432
8433 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
8434 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
8435 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
8436 often correct parser.")
8437
8438 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
8439
8440 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
8441 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
8442 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
8443 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
8444
8445 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
8446 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
8447 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
8448 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
8449
8450 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
8451 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
8452 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
8453 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
8454
8455 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
8456 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
8457 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
8458 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
8459 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
8460 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
8461
8462 ;;;***
8463 \f
8464 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
8465 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6539))
8466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
8467
8468 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
8469 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
8470
8471 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
8472 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
8473 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
8474
8475 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
8476 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
8477 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
8478
8479 ;;;***
8480 \f
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
8482 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
8483 ;;;;;; 15767))
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
8485
8486 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
8487 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
8488 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
8489 king@grassland.com
8490 If `parens', they look like:
8491 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
8492 If `angles', they look like:
8493 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
8494
8495 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
8496 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
8497 If interactive, expand in header fields.
8498 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
8499 their `Resent-' variants.
8500
8501 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
8502 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
8503
8504 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
8505 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
8506 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
8507
8508 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
8509 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
8510 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
8511 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
8514 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
8515 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
8516 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
8517
8518 ;;;***
8519 \f
8520 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
8521 ;;;;;; (14013 4466))
8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
8523
8524 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
8525 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
8526 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
8527
8528 \\{makefile-mode-map}
8529
8530 In the browser, use the following keys:
8531
8532 \\{makefile-browser-map}
8533
8534 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
8535
8536 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
8537 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
8538
8539 makefile-target-colon:
8540 The string that gets appended to all target names
8541 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
8542 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
8543
8544 makefile-macro-assign:
8545 The string that gets appended to all macro names
8546 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
8547 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
8548 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
8549 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
8550 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
8551
8552 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
8553 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
8554 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
8555
8556 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
8557 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
8558
8559 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
8560 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
8561 up or down in the browser.
8562
8563 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
8564 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
8565
8566 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
8567 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
8568
8569 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
8570 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
8571 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
8572 has been selected in the browser.
8573
8574 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
8575 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
8576 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
8577 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
8578 filenames are omitted.
8579
8580 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
8581 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
8582 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
8583 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
8584 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
8585 the backslash itself intact.
8586 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
8587 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
8588
8589 makefile-browser-hook:
8590 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
8591 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
8592
8593 makefile-special-targets-list:
8594 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
8595 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
8596 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
8597
8598 ;;;***
8599 \f
8600 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
8601 ;;;;;; 28917))
8602 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
8603
8604 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
8605 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
8606 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
8607
8608 ;;;***
8609 \f
8610 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
8612
8613 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
8614
8615 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
8616 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
8617 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
8618 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
8619 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
8620 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
8621 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
8622
8623 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
8624 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
8625
8626 ;;;***
8627 \f
8628 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
8629 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
8630 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
8631 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
8632 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
8633 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
8634 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
8635 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
8636 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476))
8637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
8638
8639 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
8640 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
8641
8642 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
8643 king@grassland.com
8644 If `parens', they look like:
8645 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
8646 If `angles', they look like:
8647 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
8648
8649 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
8650 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
8651
8652 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
8653 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
8654
8655 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
8656 *Local news organization file.")
8657
8658 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
8659 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
8660 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
8661 variable `mail-header-separator'.
8662
8663 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
8664 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
8665 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
8666
8667 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
8668 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
8669
8670 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
8671 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
8672 nil means use indentation.")
8673
8674 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
8675 *Function for citing an original message.
8676 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
8677 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
8678 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
8679
8680 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
8681 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
8682 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
8683 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
8684 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
8685
8686 (defvar message-signature t "\
8687 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
8688 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
8689 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
8690 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
8691
8692 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
8693 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
8694
8695 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
8696
8697 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
8698 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
8699 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
8700 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
8701 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
8702 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
8703 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
8704 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
8705 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
8706 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
8707 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
8708 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
8709 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
8710 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
8711 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
8712 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
8713 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
8714 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
8715 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
8716 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
8717 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
8718
8719 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
8720 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8721 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
8724 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8725
8726 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
8727 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
8728
8729 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
8730 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
8731
8732 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
8733 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
8734 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
8735
8736 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
8737 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
8738
8739 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
8740 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
8741 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
8742 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
8745 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
8746
8747 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
8748 Forward the current message via mail.
8749 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
8750
8751 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
8752 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
8753
8754 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
8755 Re-mail the current message.
8756 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
8757 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
8758 you." t nil)
8759
8760 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
8761 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
8762
8763 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
8764 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
8765
8766 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
8767 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8768
8769 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
8770 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8771
8772 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
8773 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
8774 Works by overstriking characters.
8775 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
8776 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
8777
8778 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
8779 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
8780 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
8781 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
8782
8783 ;;;***
8784 \f
8785 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
8786 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
8788
8789 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
8790 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
8791 Special commands:
8792 \\{meta-mode-map}
8793
8794 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
8795 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
8796
8797 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
8798 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
8799 Special commands:
8800 \\{meta-mode-map}
8801
8802 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
8803 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
8804
8805 ;;;***
8806 \f
8807 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
8808 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
8809 ;;;;;; (14344 1065))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
8811
8812 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
8813 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
8814 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
8815
8816 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
8817 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
8818 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8819 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8820 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8821 redisplayed as output is inserted.
8822 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
8823
8824 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
8825 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
8826 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8827 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8828 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
8829 means current).
8830 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8831 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
8832
8833 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
8834 Process current region through 'metamail'.
8835 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8836 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8837 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
8838 means current).
8839 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8840 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
8845 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14288 25329))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
8847
8848 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
8849 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
8850 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8851 to the MH mail system.
8852
8853 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
8854
8855 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
8856 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
8857 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8858 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
8859 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
8860 that want to create a mail buffer.
8861 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
8862
8863 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
8864 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
8865 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8866 to the MH mail system.
8867
8868 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
8869
8870 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
8871 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
8872 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
8873 using the MH mail handling system.
8874 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
8875 messages.
8876
8877 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
8878
8879 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
8880
8881 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
8882 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
8883 the yanked message.
8884
8885 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
8886 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
8887 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
8888 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
8889 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
8890
8891 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
8892 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
8893 inserted in a draft letter.
8894
8895 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
8896 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
8897
8898 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14263
8903 ;;;;;; 35467))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
8905
8906 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
8907 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
8908 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8909 to the MH mail system." t nil)
8910
8911 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
8912 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
8913
8914 ;;;***
8915 \f
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
8918
8919 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
8920 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
8921
8922 ;;;***
8923 \f
8924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14244 17344))
8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
8926
8927 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
8928
8929 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
8930
8931 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
8932
8933 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
8934
8935 ;;;***
8936 \f
8937 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
8938 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
8940
8941 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
8942 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
8943 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
8944 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
8945 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
8946 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
8947 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
8948 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
8949 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
8950 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
8951 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
8952
8953 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
8954 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
8955 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
8956 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
8957
8958 ;;;***
8959 \f
8960 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
8961 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
8963
8964 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
8965 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
8966
8967 ;;;***
8968 \f
8969 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
8970 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
8971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
8972
8973 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
8974 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
8975 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
8976 followed by the first character of the construct.
8977 \\<m2-mode-map>
8978 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
8979 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
8980 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
8981 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
8982 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
8983 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
8984 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
8985 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
8986 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
8987 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
8988 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
8989 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
8990 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
8991 \\[m2-link] link
8992
8993 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
8994 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
8995 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
8996
8997 ;;;***
8998 \f
8999 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
9000 ;;;;;; 2283))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
9002
9003 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
9004 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
9005 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9006 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
9007
9008 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
9009
9010 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
9011
9012 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
9013
9014 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
9015 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
9016 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
9017 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
9018 Triple-clicking selects lines.
9019 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
9020
9021 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
9022 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
9023 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
9024 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
9025
9026 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
9027 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
9028
9029 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
9030 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
9031
9032 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
9033
9034 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
9035 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
9036 primary selection and region." t nil)
9037
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
9042
9043 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
9044 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
9045
9046 ;;;***
9047 \f
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
9050
9051 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
9052 Toggle msb-mode.
9053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9054 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
9055
9056 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9057
9058 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
9059
9060 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
9061 Toggle Msb mode.
9062 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9063 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
9064 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
9065
9066 ;;;***
9067 \f
9068 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
9069 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-systems
9070 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
9071 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
9072 ;;;;;; (14184 58903))
9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
9074
9075 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
9076 Display a list of all character sets.
9077
9078 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use.
9079 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer
9080 by any character in this character set.
9081 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen
9082 by any character in this character set.
9083
9084 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
9085 but still shows the full information." t nil)
9086
9087 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
9088 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
9089
9090 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
9091 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
9092
9093 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
9094 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
9095 at the place of `..':
9096 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
9097 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
9098 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
9099 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
9100 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
9101 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
9102 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
9103 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
9104 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
9105 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
9106 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
9107 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
9108 `default-process-coding-system' for read
9109 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
9110 `default-process-coding-system' for write
9111 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
9112
9113 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
9114 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
9115
9116 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
9117 Display a list of all coding systems.
9118 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
9119
9120 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
9121 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
9122
9123 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
9124 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
9125
9126 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
9127 Display information of FONTSET.
9128 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
9129 contained in FONTSET.
9130
9131 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
9132 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
9133 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
9134 frame.
9135
9136 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
9137 o -- font already opened
9138 - -- font not yet opened
9139 x -- font can't be opened
9140 ? -- no font specified
9141
9142 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
9143 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
9144
9145 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
9146 Display a list of all fontsets.
9147 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
9148 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
9149 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
9150
9151 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
9152 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
9153
9154 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
9155 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
9156
9157 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
9158 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
9159 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
9160 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
9161
9162 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
9163 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
9164 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
9165
9166 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
9167 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
9168 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
9169
9170 ;;;***
9171 \f
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-chars compose-chars-component
9173 ;;;;;; decompose-string decompose-region compose-region detect-coding-with-language-environment
9174 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
9175 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
9176 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
9177 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
9178 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
9179 ;;;;;; (14184 58943))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
9181
9182 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
9183 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
9184 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
9185
9186 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
9187
9188 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
9189
9190 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
9191 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
9192
9193 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
9194 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
9195 The optional 2nd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
9196 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
9197 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
9198
9199 The optional 3rd arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
9200 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
9201 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
9202 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
9203 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
9204
9205 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
9206 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
9207
9208 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
9209
9210 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
9211
9212 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
9213 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
9214 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
9215 is considered.
9216 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
9217 longer than KEYSEQ.
9218 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
9219
9220 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
9221 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
9222 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
9223 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
9224 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
9225 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
9226 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
9227 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
9228 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
9229 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
9230 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
9231
9232 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
9233 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
9234
9235 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
9236 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
9237
9238 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
9239 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
9240
9241 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
9242 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
9243
9244 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
9245 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
9246
9247 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
9248 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
9249 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
9250 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
9251
9252 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
9253 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
9254 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
9255 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
9256
9257 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
9258 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
9259 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
9260 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
9261
9262 (autoload (quote compose-region) "mule-util" "\
9263 Compose all characters in the current region into one composite character.
9264 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9265 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
9266
9267 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "mule-util" "\
9268 Decompose all composite characters in the current region.
9269 Composite characters are broken up into individual components.
9270 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9271 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
9272
9273 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "mule-util" "\
9274 Decompose all composite characters in STRING." nil nil)
9275
9276 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (ml . 3) (mc . 4) (mr . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 4) (mid-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (0 . 0) (1 . 1) (2 . 2) (3 . 3) (4 . 4) (5 . 5) (6 . 6) (7 . 7) (8 . 8))) "\
9277 Alist of reference point symbols vs reference point codes.
9278 A reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition rule
9279 while making a composite character by the function `compose-chars'
9280 \(which see).
9281
9282 Meanings of reference point codes are as follows:
9283
9284 0----1----2 <-- ascent 0:tl or top-left
9285 | | 1:tc or top-center
9286 | | 2:tr or top-right
9287 | | 3:ml or mid-left
9288 | 4 <--+---- center 4:mc or mid-center
9289 | | 5:mr or mid-right
9290 --- 3 5 <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
9291 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
9292 6----7----8 <-- descent 8:br or bottom-right
9293
9294 Reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition rule of
9295 the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where GLOBAL-REF-POINT
9296 is a reference point in the overall glyphs already composed, and
9297 NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to be added.
9298
9299 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is 8 and NEW-REF-POINT is 1, the
9300 overall glyph is updated as follows:
9301
9302 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
9303 | | |
9304 | global| |
9305 | glyph | |
9306 --- | | | <--- baseline (doesn't change)
9307 +----+--+--+
9308 | | new |
9309 | |glyph|
9310 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
9311 ")
9312
9313 (autoload (quote compose-chars-component) "mule-util" nil nil nil)
9314
9315 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "mule-util" "\
9316 Return one char string composed from the arguments.
9317 For relative composition, each argument should be a non-composition character
9318 or a relative-composition character.
9319 For rule-based composition, Nth (where N is odd) argument should be
9320 a non-composition character or a rule-based-composition character,
9321 and Mth (where M is even) argument should be a composition rule.
9322 A composition rule has the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT).
9323 See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
9324
9325 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "mule-util" "\
9326 Convert composite character CHAR to a sequence of the components.
9327 Optional 1st arg TYPE specifies the type of sequence returned.
9328 It should be `string' (default), `list', or `vector'.
9329 Optional 2nd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE non-nil means the returned
9330 sequence contains embedded composition rules if any. In this case, the
9331 order of elements in the sequence is the same as arguments for
9332 `compose-chars' to create CHAR.
9333 If TYPE is omitted or is `string', composition rules are omitted
9334 even if WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is t." nil nil)
9335
9336 ;;;***
9337 \f
9338 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
9339 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
9340 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el"
9341 ;;;;;; (14344 1016))
9342 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el
9343
9344 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
9345 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
9346
9347 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
9348 Ping HOST.
9349 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
9350 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
9351
9352 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
9353 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
9354
9355 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
9356
9357 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
9358 Run netstat program." t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
9361 Run the arp program." t nil)
9362
9363 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
9364 Run the route program." t nil)
9365
9366 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
9367 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
9368
9369 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
9370 Run nslookup program." t nil)
9371
9372 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
9373 Run dig program." t nil)
9374
9375 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
9376 Run ftp program." t nil)
9377
9378 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
9379 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
9380
9381 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
9382 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
9383 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
9384 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
9385
9386 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
9387
9388 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
9389 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
9392 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
9393
9394 ;;;***
9395 \f
9396 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
9397 ;;;;;; 49490))
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
9399
9400 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
9401 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
9402 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
9403 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
9404 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
9405 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
9406
9407 ;;;***
9408 \f
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
9410 ;;;;;; (14030 49496))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
9412
9413 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
9414 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
9415
9416 ;;;***
9417 \f
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
9419 ;;;;;; (14030 49502))
9420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
9421
9422 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
9423 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
9424 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
9425
9426 ;;;***
9427 \f
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
9429 ;;;;;; (14030 49514))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
9431
9432 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
9433 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
9434
9435 ;;;***
9436 \f
9437 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
9438 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
9440
9441 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
9442 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
9443
9444 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
9445 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
9446
9447 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
9448 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
9449
9450 ;;;***
9451 \f
9452 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
9453 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
9455
9456 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
9457 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
9458 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
9459
9460 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
9461
9462 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
9463 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
9464 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
9465 to future sessions." t nil)
9466
9467 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
9468 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
9469 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
9470 to future sessions." t nil)
9471
9472 ;;;***
9473 \f
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
9475 ;;;;;; (13611 44372))
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
9477
9478 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
9479 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
9480 \\{nroff-mode-map}
9481 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
9482 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
9483 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
9484
9485 ;;;***
9486 \f
9487 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
9488 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
9489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
9490
9491 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
9492 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
9493 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
9494 specified by `octave-help-files'.
9495 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
9496
9497 ;;;***
9498 \f
9499 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
9500 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
9502
9503 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
9504 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
9505 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
9506
9507 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
9508
9509 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
9510 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
9511
9512 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
9513 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
9514 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
9515
9516 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
9517
9518 ;;;***
9519 \f
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
9521 ;;;;;; (14263 35724))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
9523
9524 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
9525 Major mode for editing Octave code.
9526
9527 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
9528 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
9529 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
9530 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
9531
9532 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
9533 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
9534 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
9535 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
9536 is why you need this mode!).
9537
9538 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
9539 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
9540 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
9541
9542 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
9543
9544 Keybindings
9545 ===========
9546
9547 \\{octave-mode-map}
9548
9549 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
9550 ==============================================
9551
9552 octave-auto-indent
9553 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
9554 Default is nil.
9555
9556 octave-auto-newline
9557 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
9558 Default is nil.
9559
9560 octave-blink-matching-block
9561 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
9562 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
9563
9564 octave-block-offset
9565 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
9566 Default is 2.
9567
9568 octave-continuation-offset
9569 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
9570 Default is 4.
9571
9572 octave-continuation-string
9573 String used for Octave continuation lines.
9574 Default is a backslash.
9575
9576 octave-mode-startup-message
9577 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
9578 Default is t.
9579
9580 octave-send-echo-input
9581 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
9582 command to the inferior Octave process.
9583
9584 octave-send-line-auto-forward
9585 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
9586 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
9587
9588 octave-send-echo-input
9589 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
9590
9591 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
9592
9593 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
9594 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
9595
9596 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
9597 (setq auto-mode-alist
9598 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
9599
9600 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
9601 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
9602
9603 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
9604 (lambda ()
9605 (abbrev-mode 1)
9606 (auto-fill-mode 1)
9607 (if (eq window-system 'x)
9608 (font-lock-mode 1))))
9609
9610 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
9611 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
9612 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
9613 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
9614
9615 ;;;***
9616 \f
9617 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
9618 ;;;;;; (14045 29891))
9619 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
9620
9621 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
9622 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
9623
9624 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
9625 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
9626 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
9627 in which there are commands to set the option values.
9628 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
9629
9630 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
9631
9632 ;;;***
9633 \f
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
9635 ;;;;;; (14249 42166))
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
9637
9638 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
9639 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
9640 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
9641 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
9642
9643 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
9644 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
9645 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
9646 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
9647
9648 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
9649 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
9650 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
9651 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
9652 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
9653 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
9654
9655 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
9656 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
9657
9658 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
9659 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
9660 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
9661 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
9662 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
9663 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
9664 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
9665 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
9666 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
9667 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
9668 The subheadings remain visible.
9669 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
9670
9671 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
9672 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
9673 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
9674
9675 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
9676 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
9677
9678 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
9679 Toggle Outline minor mode.
9680 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
9681 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
9682
9683 ;;;***
9684 \f
9685 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
9686 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
9687 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
9688
9689 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
9690 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
9691 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
9692 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
9693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9694 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
9695
9696 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9697
9698 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
9699
9700 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
9701 Toggle Show Paren mode.
9702 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9703 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
9704
9705 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
9706 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
9707
9708 ;;;***
9709 \f
9710 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14263
9711 ;;;;;; 35958))
9712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
9713
9714 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
9715 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
9716 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9717
9718 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
9719 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
9720
9721 Other useful functions are:
9722
9723 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
9724 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
9725 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
9726 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
9727 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
9728 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
9729 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
9730 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
9731 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
9732
9733 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
9734
9735 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
9736 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
9737 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
9738 Indentation for case statements.
9739 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
9740 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
9741 mark after an end.
9742 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
9743 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
9744 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
9745 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
9746 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9747 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
9748 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
9749 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
9750 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
9751 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
9752
9753 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
9754 pascal-separator-keywords.
9755
9756 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
9757 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9758
9759 ;;;***
9760 \f
9761 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
9762 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
9763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
9764
9765 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
9766 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
9767 The keys affected are:
9768 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
9769 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
9770 M-Backspace does undo.
9771 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
9772 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
9773 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
9774
9775 ;;;***
9776 \f
9777 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
9778 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
9780
9781 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
9782 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
9783
9784 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
9785
9786 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
9787 which modify the status of the mark.
9788
9789 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
9790 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
9791
9792 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
9793 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
9794
9795 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
9796 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
9797 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
9798 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
9799 turning pc-selection-mode on.
9800
9801 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
9802 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
9803
9804 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
9805 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
9806 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
9807
9808 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
9809 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
9810 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
9811
9812 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
9813 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
9814
9815 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
9816 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
9817 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
9818
9819 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
9820 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
9821 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
9822
9823 F6 other-window
9824 DELETE delete-char
9825 C-DELETE kill-line
9826 M-DELETE kill-word
9827 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
9828 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
9829 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
9830
9831 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
9832 Toggle PC Selection mode.
9833 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
9834 and cursor movement commands.
9835 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
9836 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
9837
9838 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9839
9840 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
9841
9842 ;;;***
9843 \f
9844 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
9845 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
9847
9848 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
9849 Major mode for editing Perl code.
9850 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
9851 Tab indents for Perl code.
9852 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
9853 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9854 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9855 \\{perl-mode-map}
9856 Variables controlling indentation style:
9857 perl-tab-always-indent
9858 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
9859 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9860 perl-tab-to-comment
9861 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
9862 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
9863 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
9864 perl-nochange
9865 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
9866 perl-indent-level
9867 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
9868 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9869 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9870 perl-continued-statement-offset
9871 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9872 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9873 perl-continued-brace-offset
9874 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9875 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
9876 perl-brace-offset
9877 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9878 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
9879 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9880 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9881 perl-label-offset
9882 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
9883
9884 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
9885 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
9886 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
9887 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
9888 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
9889 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
9890 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
9891
9892 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
9893
9894 ;;;***
9895 \f
9896 ;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email)
9897 ;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498))
9898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el
9899
9900 (autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\
9901 Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
9902
9903 (autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\
9904 Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
9905
9906 (autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\
9907 Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point.
9908 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9909 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than
9910 one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these
9911 onto CCSO database field names.
9912 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9913 `ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9914 If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9915 If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil)
9916
9917 (autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\
9918 Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver.
9919 If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server
9920 for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
9921
9922 ;;;***
9923 \f
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
9925 ;;;;;; (14347 62026))
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
9927
9928 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
9929 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
9930 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
9931 afterwards settable by these commands:
9932 C-c < Move left after insertion.
9933 C-c > Move right after insertion.
9934 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
9935 C-c . Move down after insertion.
9936 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
9937 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
9938 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
9939 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
9940 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
9941 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
9942 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
9943 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
9944 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
9945 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
9946 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
9947 with these commands:
9948 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
9949 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
9950 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
9951 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
9952 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
9953 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
9954 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
9955 Return Move to beginning of next line.
9956 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
9957 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
9958 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
9959 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
9960 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
9961 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
9962 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
9963 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
9964 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
9965 You can manipulate text with these commands:
9966 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
9967 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
9968 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
9969 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
9970 text is saved in the kill ring.
9971 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
9972 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
9973 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
9974 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
9975 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
9976 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
9977 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
9978 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
9979 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
9980 commands if invoked soon enough.
9981 You can return to the previous mode with:
9982 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
9983 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
9984
9985 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
9986
9987 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
9988 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
9989
9990 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
9991
9992 ;;;***
9993 \f
9994 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
9995 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
9997
9998 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
9999 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
10000 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
10001 can handle, whenever this is possible.
10002 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
10003
10004 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
10005 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
10006 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
10007 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
10008 in the variable `values'." t nil)
10009
10010 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
10011 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
10012 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
10013 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
10014
10015 ;;;***
10016 \f
10017 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
10018 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
10019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
10020
10021 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
10022 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
10023 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
10024 Commands:
10025 \\{prolog-mode-map}
10026 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
10027 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10028
10029 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
10030 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
10031
10032 ;;;***
10033 \f
10034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14346 42642))
10035 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
10036
10037 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
10038 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
10039 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
10040
10041 ;;;***
10042 \f
10043 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14339
10044 ;;;;;; 19431))
10045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
10046
10047 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
10048 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
10049
10050 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
10051
10052 The following variables hold user options, and can
10053 be set through the `customize' command:
10054
10055 ps-mode-auto-indent
10056 ps-mode-tab
10057 ps-mode-paper-size
10058 ps-mode-print-function
10059 ps-run-tmp-dir
10060 ps-run-prompt
10061 ps-run-x
10062 ps-run-dumb
10063 ps-run-init
10064 ps-run-error-line-numbers
10065
10066 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
10067
10068
10069 \\{ps-mode-map}
10070
10071
10072 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
10073 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
10074 The keymap for this second window is:
10075
10076 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
10077
10078
10079 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
10080 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
10081 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
10082 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
10083 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
10084 " t nil)
10085
10086 ;;;***
10087 \f
10088 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
10089 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font)
10090 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (14346 42638))
10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
10092
10093 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
10094 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
10095 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
10096
10097 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
10098
10099 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
10100 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
10101
10102 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
10103
10104 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
10105
10106 Returns the value:
10107
10108 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
10109
10110 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
10111 the sequence." nil nil)
10112
10113 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
10114 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
10115
10116 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
10117 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
10118 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
10119
10120 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
10125 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
10126 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
10127 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
10128 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14349
10129 ;;;;;; 4603))
10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
10131
10132 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
10133 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
10134 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
10135 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
10136
10137 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
10138 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
10139
10140 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
10141 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
10142 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
10143
10144 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
10145 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
10146 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
10147
10148 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10149 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
10150 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
10151 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10152 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
10153
10154 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
10155 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
10156 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
10157
10158 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10159 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
10160 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
10161 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10162 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
10163
10164 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
10165 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
10166 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
10167 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
10168
10169 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10170
10171 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10172 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
10173 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
10174 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10175 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
10176
10177 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10178
10179 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
10180 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
10181 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
10182
10183 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10184
10185 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10186 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
10187 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
10188 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10189 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
10190
10191 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10192
10193 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
10194 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
10195
10196 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
10197 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
10198 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
10199
10200 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
10201 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
10202 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
10203
10204 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
10205 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
10206 using the current ps-print setup.
10207 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
10208 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
10209
10210 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
10211 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
10212 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
10213
10214 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
10215 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
10216 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
10217
10218 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
10219 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
10220
10221 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
10222 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
10223
10224 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
10225 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
10226
10227 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
10228
10229 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
10230
10231 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
10232 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
10233
10234 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
10235 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
10236
10237 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
10238
10239 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
10240
10241 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
10242
10243 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
10244 foreground and background colors respectively.
10245
10246 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
10247 bold - use bold font.
10248 italic - use italic font.
10249 underline - put a line under text.
10250 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
10251 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
10252 shadow - text will have a shadow.
10253 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
10254 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
10255
10256 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
10257
10258 ;;;***
10259 \f
10260 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
10261 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
10262 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
10263 ;;;;;; (14171 42697))
10264 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
10265
10266 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
10267 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
10268 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
10269
10270 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
10271 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
10272 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
10273 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
10274 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
10275 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
10276 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
10277
10278 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
10279 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
10280 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
10281 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
10282 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
10283 shown.
10284 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
10285
10286 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
10287
10288 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
10289 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
10290 command to be called.
10291
10292 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
10293 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
10294 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
10295 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
10296
10297 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
10298 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
10299 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
10300 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
10301 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
10302 to t.
10303
10304 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
10305 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
10306 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
10307 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
10308
10309 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
10310 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
10311 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
10312 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
10313
10314 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
10315 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
10316 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
10317 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
10318 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
10319 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
10320
10321 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
10322 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
10323 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
10324 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
10325 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
10326 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
10327
10328 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
10329 covers Quail translation region.
10330
10331 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
10332 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
10333 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
10334 for it) is inserted.
10335
10336 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
10337 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
10338 vs. corresponding command to be called.
10339
10340 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
10341 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
10342 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
10343
10344 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
10345 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
10346
10347 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
10348 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
10349 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
10350 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
10351 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
10352
10353 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
10354 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
10355 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
10356 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
10357 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
10358 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
10359 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
10360 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
10361 for the translation.
10362 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
10363
10364 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
10365 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
10366
10367 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
10368 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
10369 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
10370
10371 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
10372 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
10373 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
10374 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
10375 a function, or a cons.
10376 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
10377 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
10378 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
10379 for the translation.
10380 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
10381 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
10382 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
10383 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
10384 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
10385
10386 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
10387 it is used to handle KEY.
10388
10389 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
10390 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
10391 current Quail package.
10392
10393 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
10394 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
10395
10396 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
10397 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
10398
10399 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
10400 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
10401 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
10402 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
10403 of the Emacs source tree.
10404
10405 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
10406 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
10407
10408 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
10409 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
10410 of each directory." t nil)
10411
10412 ;;;***
10413 \f
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
10415 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
10416 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14344 1017))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el
10418
10419 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
10420 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
10421 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
10422 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
10423
10424 To make use of this do something like:
10425
10426 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
10427
10428 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
10429
10430 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
10431
10432 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
10433 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
10434
10435 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
10436 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
10437
10438 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
10439 is decided." t nil)
10440
10441 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
10442
10443 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
10444 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
10445
10446 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
10447 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
10448
10449 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
10450 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
10451
10452 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
10453
10454 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
10455
10456 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
10457 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
10458
10459 ;;;***
10460 \f
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149
10462 ;;;;;; 16808))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el
10464
10465 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
10466 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
10467 See \\[compile]." t nil)
10468
10469 ;;;***
10470 \f
10471 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-cleanup recentf-save-list recentf-mode)
10472 ;;;;;; "recentf" "recentf.el" (14339 41776))
10473 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
10474
10475 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
10476 Toggle recentf mode.
10477 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10478 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
10479
10480 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
10481 were operated on recently." t nil)
10482
10483 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
10484 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
10485
10486 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
10487 Remove all non-readable files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
10488
10489 ;;;***
10490 \f
10491 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle
10492 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle
10493 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle
10494 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571))
10495 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
10496
10497 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
10498 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
10499 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
10500 spaces and tab.
10501
10502 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
10503 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
10504
10505 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
10506 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
10507 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
10508 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
10509 ends.
10510
10511 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10512 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
10513 to be deleted." t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
10516 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
10517 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
10518
10519 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10520 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
10521 deleted." nil nil)
10522
10523 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
10524 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
10525 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
10526
10527 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
10528 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
10529
10530 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10531 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
10532
10533 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
10534 deleted." t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
10537 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
10538
10539 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
10540 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
10541 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
10542 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
10543 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
10544 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
10545 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
10546
10547 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
10548 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
10549
10550 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
10551 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
10552
10553 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10554 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
10555 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
10556 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
10557
10558 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
10559 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
10560 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
10561 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
10562 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
10563
10564 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10565 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
10568 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
10569
10570 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10571 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
10572 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
10573
10574 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
10575 Blank out the region-rectangle.
10576 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
10577
10578 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10579 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
10580 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
10581
10582 ;;;***
10583 \f
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
10585 ;;;;;; (14315 19661))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
10587
10588 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
10589 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
10590
10591 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
10592 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
10593
10594 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
10595 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
10596
10597 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
10598 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
10599 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
10600 \\ref macro.
10601
10602 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
10603 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
10604 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
10605
10606 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
10607 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
10608 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
10609
10610 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
10611 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
10612
10613 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
10614 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
10615
10616 \\{reftex-mode-map}
10617 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
10618 on the menu bar.
10619
10620 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
10621
10622 ;;;***
10623 \f
10624 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
10625 ;;;;;; (14315 19188))
10626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
10627
10628 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
10629 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
10630 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
10631 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
10632 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
10633 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
10634
10635 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
10636
10637 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
10638 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
10639 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
10640 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
10641
10642 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
10643 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
10644 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
10645 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
10646
10647 ;;;***
10648 \f
10649 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
10650 ;;;;;; (14334 30885))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
10652
10653 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
10654 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
10655 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
10656 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
10657 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
10658 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
10659
10660 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
10661 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))
10662
10663 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs.
10664 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil)
10665
10666 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
10667 Return the depth of REGEXP.
10668 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
10669 in REGEXP." nil nil)
10670
10671 ;;;***
10672 \f
10673 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
10674 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
10675
10676 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
10677 Repeat most recently executed command.
10678 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
10679 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
10680 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
10681
10682 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
10683 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
10684 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
10685
10686 ;;;***
10687 \f
10688 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
10689 ;;;;;; (13651 33206))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
10691
10692 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" nil nil nil)
10693
10694 ;;;***
10695 \f
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
10697 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
10699
10700 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
10701 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
10702 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
10703 visibility of comments that precede it.
10704 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
10705 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
10706 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
10707 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
10708 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
10709 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
10710 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
10711 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
10712 the comment lines.
10713 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
10714 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
10715 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
10716 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
10717 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
10718 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
10719
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
10723 ;;;;;; 50658))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
10725
10726 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
10727 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
10728
10729 ;;;***
10730 \f
10731 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
10732 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
10734
10735 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
10736 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
10737
10738 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
10739 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
10740
10741 ;;;***
10742 \f
10743 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546))
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el
10745 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10746
10747 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
10748 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
10749 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
10750 other arguments for `rlogin'.
10751
10752 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
10753
10754 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
10755 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
10756 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
10757 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
10758
10759 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
10760 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
10761
10762 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
10763 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
10764
10765 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
10766 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
10767 INPUT-ARGS.
10768
10769 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
10770 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
10771 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
10772 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
10773 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
10774
10775 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
10776 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
10777 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
10778 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
10779
10780 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
10781 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
10782 variable." t nil)
10783
10784 ;;;***
10785 \f
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
10787 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
10788 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
10789 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
10790 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
10791 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14344 1068))
10792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
10793
10794 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
10795 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
10796 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
10797 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
10798
10799 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
10800 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
10801 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
10802 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
10803 value is the user's name.)
10804 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
10805
10806 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
10807 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
10808 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
10809 which normally happens once for each message,
10810 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
10811 To make a change in this variable take effect
10812 for a message that you have already viewed,
10813 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
10814
10815 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
10816 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
10817 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
10818 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
10819
10820 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
10821 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
10822
10823 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
10824 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
10825 A value of nil means don't highlight.
10826 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
10827
10828 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
10829 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
10830
10831 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
10832 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
10833
10834 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
10835 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
10836 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
10837 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
10838 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
10839
10840 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
10841 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
10842
10843 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
10844 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
10845
10846 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
10847 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
10848
10849 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
10850 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
10851
10852 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
10853 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
10854
10855 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
10856 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
10857
10858 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
10859 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
10860 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
10861 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
10862
10863 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
10864 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
10865
10866 This is set to nil by default.")
10867
10868 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
10869 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
10870 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
10871 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
10872 until a user explicitly requires it.")
10873
10874 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
10875 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
10876
10877 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
10878 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
10879 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
10880 this feature is required with `require'.")
10881
10882 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
10883 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
10884 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
10885 the message is decoded as normal way.
10886
10887 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
10888 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
10889 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
10890
10891 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
10892 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
10893 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
10894
10895 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
10896 Read and edit incoming mail.
10897 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
10898 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
10899 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
10900
10901 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
10902 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
10903 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
10904 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
10905
10906 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
10907
10908 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
10909 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
10910 All normal editing commands are turned off.
10911 Instead, these commands are available:
10912
10913 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
10914 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
10915 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
10916 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
10917 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
10918 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
10919 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
10920 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
10921 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
10922 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
10923 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
10924 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
10925 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
10926 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
10927 till a deleted message is found.
10928 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
10929 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
10930 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
10931 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
10932 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
10933 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
10934 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
10935 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
10936 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
10937 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
10938 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
10939 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
10940 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
10941 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
10942 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
10943 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
10944 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
10945 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
10946 (label defaults to last one specified).
10947 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
10948 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
10949 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
10950 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
10951 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
10952 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
10953 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
10954 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
10955 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
10958 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
10959
10960 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
10961 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
10962
10963 ;;;***
10964 \f
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
10966 ;;;;;; (13738 33907))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
10968
10969 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
10970 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
10971
10972 ;;;***
10973 \f
10974 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
10975 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
10976 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
10977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
10978
10979 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
10980 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
10981 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
10982
10983 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
10984 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
10985 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
10986
10987 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
10988
10989 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
10990 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
10991 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
10992 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
10993 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
10994
10995 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
10996 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
10997 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
10998 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
10999 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
11000
11001 ;;;***
11002 \f
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
11004 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
11006
11007 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
11008 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
11009 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
11010 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
11011
11012 ;;;***
11013 \f
11014 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
11015 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
11016 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
11018
11019 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
11020 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
11021 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
11022 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
11023 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
11024 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
11025 a file name as a string.")
11026
11027 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
11028 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
11029 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
11030 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
11031 buffer visiting that file.
11032 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
11033 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
11034
11035 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
11036 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
11037
11038 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
11039 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
11040
11041 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
11042 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
11043
11044 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
11045 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
11046 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
11047 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
11048 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
11049
11050 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
11051 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
11052 will be appended with their original headers.
11053
11054 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
11055 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
11056
11057 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
11058 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
11059
11060 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
11061
11062 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
11063 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
11064 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
11065
11066 ;;;***
11067 \f
11068 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
11069 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
11070 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
11071 ;;;;;; 26387))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
11073
11074 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
11075 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
11076 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11077
11078 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
11079 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
11080 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11081
11082 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
11083 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
11084 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11085
11086 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
11087 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
11088 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11089
11090 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
11091 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
11092 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11093
11094 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
11095 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
11096 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11097
11098 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
11099 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
11100 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
11101 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
11102
11103 ;;;***
11104 \f
11105 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
11106 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
11107 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
11108 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
11109 ;;;;;; (14181 58940))
11110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
11111
11112 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
11113 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
11114
11115 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
11116 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
11117
11118 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
11119 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
11122 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
11123 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
11124
11125 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
11126 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
11127 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
11128 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
11129 only look in the To and From fields.
11130 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
11131
11132 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
11133 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
11134 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
11135 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
11136 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
11137
11138 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
11139 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
11140 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
11141 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
11142 look in the whole message.
11143 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
11144
11145 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
11146 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
11147 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
11148
11149 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
11150 *Function to decode summary-line.
11151
11152 By default, `identity' is set.")
11153
11154 ;;;***
11155 \f
11156 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
11157 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
11159
11160 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
11161 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
11162 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
11163 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
11164
11165 ;;;***
11166 \f
11167 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
11168 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866))
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
11170
11171 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
11172 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
11173 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
11174
11175 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
11176 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
11177
11178 ;;;***
11179 \f
11180 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
11181 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
11182 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
11183 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
11185
11186 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
11187 *This variable is obsolete.")
11188
11189 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11190
11191 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
11192
11193 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
11194 *This variable is obsolete.")
11195
11196 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
11197 *This variable is obsolete.")
11198
11199 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
11200 *This variable is obsolete.")
11201
11202 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
11203 *This variable is obsolete.")
11204
11205 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
11206 *This variable is obsolete.")
11207
11208 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
11209 This function is obsolete." t nil)
11210
11211 ;;;***
11212 \f
11213 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
11214 ;;;;;; (13730 30380))
11215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
11216
11217 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
11218 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
11219 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
11220
11221 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
11222 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
11223 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
11224 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
11225 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
11226 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
11227
11228 Commands:
11229 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11230 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
11231 \\{scheme-mode-map}
11232 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
11233 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11234
11235 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
11236 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
11237 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
11238
11239 Commands:
11240 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11241 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
11242 \\{scheme-mode-map}
11243 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
11244 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
11245 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
11246
11247 ;;;***
11248 \f
11249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
11250 ;;;;;; (14030 49534))
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
11252
11253 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
11254 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
11255 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
11256
11257 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
11258
11259 ;;;***
11260 \f
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (13552
11262 ;;;;;; 24904))
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
11264
11265 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
11266 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
11267 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
11268 \\{scribe-mode-map}
11269
11270 Interesting variables:
11271
11272 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
11273 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
11274
11275 scribe-electric-quote
11276 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
11277
11278 scribe-electric-parenthesis
11279 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
11280 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
11285 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
11286 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
11287 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
11288 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14256 32531))
11289 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
11290
11291 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
11292 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
11293
11294 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11295 king@grassland.com
11296 If `parens', they look like:
11297 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11298 If `angles', they look like:
11299 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11300 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
11301 derived from the envelope-from address.
11302
11303 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
11304 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
11305 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
11306 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
11307
11308 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
11309 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
11310 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
11311
11312 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
11313 is a privileged operation.")
11314
11315 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
11316 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
11317 This is done when the message is initialized,
11318 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
11319
11320 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
11321 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
11322 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
11323
11324 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
11325 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
11326
11327 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
11328 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11329 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
11330 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
11331
11332 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
11333 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
11334
11335 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
11336 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
11337 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
11338
11339 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
11340 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
11341 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
11342 when you first send mail.")
11343
11344 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
11345 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
11346 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
11347 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
11348 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
11349
11350 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
11351 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
11352 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
11353 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
11354 This file need not actually exist.")
11355
11356 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
11357 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
11358 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
11359 If a string, that string is inserted.
11360 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
11361 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
11362 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
11363 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
11364
11365 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
11366 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
11367 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
11368 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
11369 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11370 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
11371 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
11372 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
11373 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
11374 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
11375 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
11376 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
11377 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
11378
11379 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
11380 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
11381 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11382 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
11383 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
11384 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
11385
11386 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
11387 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
11388 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
11389
11390 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
11391 User should not set this variable manually,
11392 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
11393 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
11394 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
11395 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
11396
11397 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
11398 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
11399 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
11400 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
11401
11402 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
11403 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
11404
11405 \\<mail-mode-map>
11406 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
11407
11408 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
11409 to move to message header fields:
11410 \\{mail-mode-map}
11411
11412 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
11413 when the message is initialized.
11414
11415 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
11416 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
11417
11418 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
11419 is inserted.
11420
11421 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
11422 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
11423
11424 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
11425 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
11426
11427 The second through fifth arguments,
11428 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
11429 the initial contents of those header fields.
11430 These arguments should not have final newlines.
11431 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
11432 original message being replied to, or else an action
11433 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
11434 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
11435 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
11436 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
11437 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
11438 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
11439
11440 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
11441 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11442
11443 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
11444 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11445
11446 ;;;***
11447 \f
11448 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
11450
11451 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
11452 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
11453 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
11454 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
11455 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
11456 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
11457
11458 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
11459
11460 ;;;***
11461 \f
11462 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
11463 ;;;;;; (14248 37407))
11464 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
11465
11466 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
11467 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
11468 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
11469 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
11470 `sgml-quick-keys'.
11471
11472 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
11473 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
11474 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
11475
11476 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
11477 your `.emacs' file.
11478
11479 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
11480
11481 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
11482 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
11483 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
11484
11485 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
11486 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
11487 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
11488 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
11489 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
11490 which this is based.
11491
11492 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
11493
11494 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
11495 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
11496 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
11497 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
11498
11499 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
11500 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
11501 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
11502
11503 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
11504 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
11505 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
11506 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
11507
11508 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
11509 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
11510 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
11511 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
11512
11513 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
11514
11515 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
11516 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
11517 To work around that, do:
11518 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
11519
11520 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
11521
11522 ;;;***
11523 \f
11524 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
11525 ;;;;;; (14344 1082))
11526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
11527
11528 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
11529
11530 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
11531 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
11532 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
11533 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
11534 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
11535 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
11536
11537 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
11538 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
11539 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
11540 shell-specific features.
11541
11542 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
11543 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
11544 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
11545
11546 \\[sh-case] case statement
11547 \\[sh-for] for loop
11548 \\[sh-function] function definition
11549 \\[sh-if] if statement
11550 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
11551 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
11552 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
11553 \\[sh-select] select loop
11554 \\[sh-until] until loop
11555 \\[sh-while] while loop
11556
11557 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
11558 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
11559 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
11560 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
11561 would indent to the way it currently is.
11562 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
11563 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
11564
11565
11566 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
11567 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
11568 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
11569 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
11570 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
11571 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
11572
11573 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
11574 {, (, [, ', \", `
11575 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
11576
11577 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
11578 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
11579 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
11580
11581 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
11582 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
11583
11584 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
11585
11586 ;;;***
11587 \f
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
11589 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
11591
11592 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
11593 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
11594
11595 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
11596 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
11597 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
11598 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
11599 the earlier.
11600
11601 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
11602
11603 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
11604
11605 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
11606 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
11607 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
11608
11609 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
11610 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
11611
11612 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
11613 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
11614 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
11615 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
11616 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
11617 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
11618 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
11619 emacs version).
11620
11621 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
11622 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
11623 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
11624 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
11625 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
11626
11627 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
11628 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
11629 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
11630
11631 ;;;***
11632 \f
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
11634 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
11635 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
11636
11637 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
11638 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
11639 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
11640 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
11641 shell buffer.
11642
11643 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
11644 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
11645 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
11646
11647 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
11648
11649 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
11650 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
11651 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
11652 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
11653 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
11654 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
11655 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
11656 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
11657 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
11658 discards input when it starts up.)
11659 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
11660 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
11661 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
11662
11663 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
11664 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
11665 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
11666 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
11667 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
11668 `default-process-coding-system'.
11669
11670 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
11671 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
11672 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
11673 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
11674
11675 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
11676 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
11677
11678 ;;;***
11679 \f
11680 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
11681 ;;;;;; 23740))
11682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
11683
11684 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
11685 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
11686 \\{simula-mode-map}
11687 Variables controlling indentation style:
11688 simula-tab-always-indent
11689 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
11690 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11691 simula-indent-level
11692 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
11693 simula-substatement-offset
11694 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
11695 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
11696 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
11697 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
11698 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
11699 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
11700 simula-label-offset -4711
11701 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
11702 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
11703 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
11704 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
11705 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
11706 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
11707 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
11708 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
11709 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
11710 simula-electric-indent nil
11711 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
11712 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
11713 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
11714 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
11715 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
11716 or nil if they should not be changed.
11717 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
11718 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
11719 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
11720 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
11721
11722 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
11723 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
11724
11725 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
11726 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
11727 at all." t nil)
11728
11729 ;;;***
11730 \f
11731 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
11732 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
11733 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
11735
11736 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
11737 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
11738
11739 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
11740 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
11741 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
11742 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
11743 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
11744
11745 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
11746 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
11747 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
11748 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
11749 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
11750 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
11751 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
11752
11753 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
11754 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
11755 ignored." t nil)
11756
11757 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
11758 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
11759 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
11760 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
11761 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
11762 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
11763 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
11764
11765 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
11766 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
11767 ignored." t nil)
11768
11769 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
11770 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
11771
11772 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
11773 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
11774 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
11775 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
11776
11777 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
11778 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
11779 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
11780 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
11781
11782 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
11783 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
11784 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
11785
11786 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
11787 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
11788
11789 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
11790 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
11791
11792 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
11793 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
11794 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
11795 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
11796 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
11797 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
11798 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
11799 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
11800 nil skipped
11801
11802 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
11803 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
11804 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
11805 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
11806 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
11807 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
11808 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
11809 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
11810
11811 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
11812 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
11813 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
11814 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
11815 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
11816 available:
11817
11818 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
11819 then: insert previously read string once more
11820 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
11821 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
11822 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
11823
11824 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
11825 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
11826
11827 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
11828 Insert the character you type ARG times.
11829
11830 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
11831 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
11832 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
11833 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
11834
11835 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
11836 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
11837 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
11838
11839 ;;;***
11840 \f
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
11842 ;;;;;; (14344 1070))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
11844
11845 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
11846
11847 ;;;***
11848 \f
11849 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
11850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
11851
11852 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
11853 Play the Snake game.
11854 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
11855
11856 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
11857
11858 snake-mode keybindings:
11859 \\<snake-mode-map>
11860 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
11861 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
11862 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
11863 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
11864 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
11865 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
11866 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
11867
11868 " t nil)
11869
11870 ;;;***
11871 \f
11872 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el"
11873 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
11874 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el
11875
11876 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
11877 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
11878 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
11879 Tab indents for C code.
11880 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
11881 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11882 \\{snmp-mode-map}
11883 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
11884 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
11885
11886 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
11887 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
11888 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
11889 Tab indents for C code.
11890 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
11891 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11892 \\{snmp-mode-map}
11893 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
11894 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
11895
11896 ;;;***
11897 \f
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
11899 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
11900 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
11901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
11902
11903 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
11904 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
11905
11906 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
11907 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
11908 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
11909
11910 For example, the form
11911
11912 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
11913 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
11914
11915 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
11916
11917 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
11918 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
11919
11920 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
11921 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
11922 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
11923 York City.
11924
11925 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
11926
11927 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
11928 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
11929
11930 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
11931 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
11932 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
11933 York City.
11934
11935 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
11936
11937 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
11938 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
11939 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
11940 pair.
11941
11942 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
11943
11944 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
11945 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
11946 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
11947
11948 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
11949 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
11950
11951 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11952
11953 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
11954 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
11955 Requires floating point." nil nil)
11956
11957 ;;;***
11958 \f
11959 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
11960 ;;;;;; 20348))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
11962
11963 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
11964 Play Solitaire.
11965
11966 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
11967 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
11968 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
11969 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
11970 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
11971 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
11972 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
11973 check after each move or undo)
11974
11975 What is Solitaire?
11976
11977 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
11978 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
11979 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
11980
11981 Le Solitaire
11982 ============
11983
11984 o o o
11985
11986 o o o
11987
11988 o o o o o o o
11989
11990 o o o . o o o
11991
11992 o o o o o o o
11993
11994 o o o
11995
11996 o o o
11997
11998 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
11999 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
12000 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
12001 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
12002
12003 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
12004 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
12005 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
12006 this: o o .
12007
12008 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
12009 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
12010
12011 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
12012
12013 o o o
12014
12015 . o o
12016
12017 o o . o o o o
12018
12019 o . o o o o o
12020
12021 o o o o o o o
12022
12023 o o o
12024
12025 o o o
12026
12027 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
12028
12029 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
12030
12031 ;;;***
12032 \f
12033 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
12034 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
12035 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43541))
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
12037
12038 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
12039 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
12040 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
12041
12042 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
12043 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
12044 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
12045 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
12046 contiguous.
12047
12048 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
12049 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
12050 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12051 the sort order.
12052
12053 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
12054 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
12055
12056 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
12057 It moves point to the start of the next record.
12058 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
12059 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
12060 is called.
12061
12062 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
12063 It should move point to the end of the record.
12064
12065 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
12066 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
12067 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
12068 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
12069 starts at the beginning of the record.
12070
12071 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
12072 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
12073 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
12074
12075 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
12076 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12078 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12080 the sort order." t nil)
12081
12082 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
12083 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12084 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12085 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12086 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12087 the sort order." t nil)
12088
12089 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
12090 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12091 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12092 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12093 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12094 the sort order." t nil)
12095
12096 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
12097 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
12098 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
12099 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
12100 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
12101 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12102 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
12103
12104 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
12105 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
12106 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
12107 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
12108 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12109 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
12110 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12111 the sort order." t nil)
12112
12113 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
12114 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
12115 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
12116 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
12117 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
12118 is to be used for sorting.
12119 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
12120 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
12121 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
12122 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
12123 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
12124
12125 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
12126
12127 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12128 the sort order.
12129
12130 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
12131 starting with the letter \"f\",
12132 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
12133
12134 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
12135 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
12136 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
12137 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
12138 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
12139 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
12140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12141 the sort order.
12142
12143 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
12144 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
12145 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
12146 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
12147 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
12150 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
12151 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
12152
12153 ;;;***
12154 \f
12155 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
12156 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14281 35833))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
12158
12159 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
12160
12161 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
12162 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
12163 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
12164 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
12165 supported at a time.
12166 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
12167 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
12170 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
12171 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
12172 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
12173
12174 ;;;***
12175 \f
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
12177 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
12179
12180 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12181
12182 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
12183 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
12184 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
12185 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
12186 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
12187 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
12188
12189 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
12190 Check spelling of word at or before point.
12191 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
12192 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
12193
12194 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
12195 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
12196 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
12197 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
12198 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
12199
12200 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
12201 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
12202
12203 ;;;***
12204 \f
12205 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
12206 ;;;;;; 43485))
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
12208
12209 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
12210 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
12211
12212 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
12213 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
12214
12215 ;;;***
12216 \f
12217 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
12218 ;;;;;; (14321 57663))
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
12220
12221 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
12222 Show short help for the SQL modes.
12223
12224 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
12225 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
12226
12227 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
12228
12229 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
12230
12231 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
12232
12233 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
12234 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
12235 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
12236 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
12237 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
12238 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
12239 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
12240
12241 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
12242
12243 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
12244 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
12245 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
12246 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
12247
12248 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
12249 entry function you want to use regularly:
12250
12251 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
12252
12253 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
12254 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
12255 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
12256 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
12257
12258 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
12259 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
12260 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
12261
12262 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
12263 Major mode to edit SQL.
12264
12265 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
12266 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
12267 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
12268
12269 \\{sql-mode-map}
12270 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
12271
12272 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
12273 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
12274 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
12275 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
12276 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
12277 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
12278
12279 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
12280 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
12281
12282 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
12283 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
12284
12285 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
12286 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
12287 `*SQL*'.
12288
12289 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
12290 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
12291
12292 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
12293 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
12294
12295 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12296 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12297 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12298 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
12299 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12300 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
12301 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
12302 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
12303
12304 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
12305 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
12306
12307 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12308
12309 ;;;***
12310 \f
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
12312 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
12313 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
12314 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462))
12315 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
12316
12317 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
12318 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
12319
12320 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
12321 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
12322 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
12323 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
12324 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
12325 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
12326
12327 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
12328
12329 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
12330 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
12331 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
12332 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
12333 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
12334 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
12335 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
12336
12337 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
12338 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
12339 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
12340 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
12341 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
12342 then complete the stroke with button3.
12343 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
12344
12345 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
12346 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
12347 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
12348
12349 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
12350 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
12351 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
12352
12353 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
12354 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
12355
12356 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
12357
12358 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
12359 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
12360
12361 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
12362 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
12363
12364 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
12365
12366 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
12367 Toggle strokes being enabled.
12368 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
12369 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
12370 mode in all buffers when activated.
12371 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
12372 new strokes with
12373
12374 > M-x global-set-stroke
12375
12376 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
12377 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
12378 strokes with
12379
12380 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
12381 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
12382
12383 ;;;***
12384 \f
12385 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
12386 ;;;;;; (14192 4758))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
12388
12389 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
12390 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
12391 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
12392 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
12393 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
12394 original message but it does require a few things:
12395
12396 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
12397
12398 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
12399 reply buffer.
12400
12401 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
12402 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
12403 original message.
12404
12405 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
12406
12407 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
12408
12409 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
12410 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
12411 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
12412
12413 ;;;***
12414 \f
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
12417
12418 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
12419 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
12420 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
12421 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
12422 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
12423
12424 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
12425 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
12426 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
12427 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
12428 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
12429 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
12430 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
12431
12432 ;;;***
12433 \f
12434 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
12436
12437 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
12438 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
12439
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14293 62779))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
12444
12445 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
12446 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
12447 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
12448 Letters no longer insert themselves.
12449 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
12450 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
12451 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
12452
12453 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
12454 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
12455 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
12456 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
12457
12458 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
12459 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
12460
12461 ;;;***
12462 \f
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
12464 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
12466
12467 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
12468 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
12469 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
12470 Tab indents for Tcl code.
12471 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12472 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12473
12474 Variables controlling indentation style:
12475 tcl-indent-level
12476 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
12477 tcl-continued-indent-level
12478 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
12479
12480 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
12481 documentation for details):
12482 tcl-tab-always-indent
12483 Controls action of TAB key.
12484 tcl-auto-newline
12485 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
12486 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
12487 tcl-electric-hash-style
12488 Controls action of `#' key.
12489 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
12490 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
12491 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
12492 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
12493 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
12494 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
12495
12496 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
12497 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
12498 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
12499 already exist.
12500
12501 Commands:
12502 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
12503
12504 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
12505 Run inferior Tcl process.
12506 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
12507 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
12508
12509 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
12510 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
12511 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
12512
12513 ;;;***
12514 \f
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416))
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el
12517 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12518
12519 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
12520 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
12521 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
12522 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
12523 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
12524 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
12525 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
12526 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
12527
12528 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
12529 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
12530 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
12531 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
12532
12533 ;;;***
12534 \f
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
12536 ;;;;;; 17354))
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
12538
12539 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
12540 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
12541 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
12542 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
12543 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
12544 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
12545
12546 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
12547 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
12548
12549 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
12550 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
12551
12552 ;;;***
12553 \f
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
12555 ;;;;;; 10588))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
12557
12558 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
12559 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
12560 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
12561 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
12562 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
12563 program as keyboard input.
12564
12565 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
12566 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
12567 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
12568 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
12569
12570 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
12571 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
12572 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
12573 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
12574 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
12575
12576 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
12577
12578 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
12579 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
12580 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
12581 terminal-redisplay-interval.
12582
12583 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
12584 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
12585 subprocess started." t nil)
12586
12587 ;;;***
12588 \f
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
12591
12592 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
12593 Play the Tetris game.
12594 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
12595 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
12596 as to form complete rows.
12597
12598 tetris-mode keybindings:
12599 \\<tetris-mode-map>
12600 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
12601 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
12602 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
12603 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
12604 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
12605 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
12606 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
12607 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
12608
12609 " t nil)
12610
12611 ;;;***
12612 \f
12613 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
12614 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
12615 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12616 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
12617 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
12618 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
12619 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
12620 ;;;;;; (14280 10460))
12621 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
12622
12623 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
12624 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
12625
12626 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
12627 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
12628 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
12629 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
12630 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
12631
12632 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
12633 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
12634 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
12635 if it matches the first line of the file,
12636 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
12637
12638 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
12639 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
12640 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
12641 if the variable is non-nil.")
12642
12643 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
12644 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
12645
12646 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
12647 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
12648 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12649 See the documentation of that variable.")
12650
12651 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
12652 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
12653 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12654 See the documentation of that variable.")
12655
12656 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
12657 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
12658 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12659 See the documentation of that variable.")
12660
12661 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
12662 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
12663 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
12664 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
12665
12666 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
12667 *User defined LaTeX block names.
12668 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
12669
12670 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
12671 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
12672 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12673 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
12674
12675 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
12676 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12677 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12678 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
12679
12680 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
12681 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
12682 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12683 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
12684
12685 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
12686 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
12687 for example,
12688
12689 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12690 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
12691
12692 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
12693 use.")
12694
12695 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
12696 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
12697 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12698 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
12699
12700 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
12701 window system being used. For example,
12702
12703 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
12704 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
12705
12706 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
12707 otherwise.")
12708
12709 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
12710 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
12711 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
12712
12713 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote plain-tex-mode) "\
12714 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
12715 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
12716 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
12717 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
12718
12719 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
12720 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
12721
12722 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
12723 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
12724
12725 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12726 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
12727 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
12728 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
12729 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
12730 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
12731 says which mode to use." t nil)
12732
12733 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
12734
12735 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
12736
12737 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
12738
12739 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12740 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
12741 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12742 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12743 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12744
12745 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
12746 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
12747 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12748 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12749 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12750 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12751 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12752
12753 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12754 mismatched $'s or braces.
12755
12756 Special commands:
12757 \\{tex-mode-map}
12758
12759 Mode variables:
12760 tex-run-command
12761 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12762 tex-directory
12763 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
12764 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12765 tex-dvi-print-command
12766 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12767 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12768 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12769 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12770 tex-dvi-view-command
12771 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12772 tex-show-queue-command
12773 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12774 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12775
12776 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
12777 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
12778 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12779
12780 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12781 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
12782 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12783 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12784 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12785
12786 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
12787 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
12788 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12789 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12790 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12791 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12792 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12793
12794 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12795 mismatched $'s or braces.
12796
12797 Special commands:
12798 \\{tex-mode-map}
12799
12800 Mode variables:
12801 latex-run-command
12802 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12803 tex-directory
12804 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
12805 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12806 tex-dvi-print-command
12807 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12808 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12809 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12810 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12811 tex-dvi-view-command
12812 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12813 tex-show-queue-command
12814 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12815 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12816
12817 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
12818 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
12819 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12822 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
12823 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12824 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12825 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12826
12827 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
12828 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
12829 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12830 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12831 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12832 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12833 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12834
12835 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12836 mismatched $'s or braces.
12837
12838 Special commands:
12839 \\{tex-mode-map}
12840
12841 Mode variables:
12842 slitex-run-command
12843 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12844 tex-directory
12845 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
12846 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12847 tex-dvi-print-command
12848 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12849 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12850 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12851 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12852 tex-dvi-view-command
12853 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12854 tex-show-queue-command
12855 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12856 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12857
12858 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
12859 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
12860 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
12861 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12862
12863 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
12864
12865 ;;;***
12866 \f
12867 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
12868 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14263 36003))
12869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
12870
12871 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
12872 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
12873 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
12874 name specified in the @setfilename command.
12875
12876 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
12877 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
12878 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
12879
12880 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
12881 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
12882 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
12883 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
12884 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
12887 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
12888 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
12889 names specified in the @setfilename command.
12890
12891 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
12892 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
12893 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
12894 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
12895
12896 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
12897 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
12898
12899 ;;;***
12900 \f
12901 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
12902 ;;;;;; (14302 8279))
12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
12904
12905 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
12906 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
12907
12908 It has these extra commands:
12909 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
12910
12911 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
12912 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
12913 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
12914 modified version of TeX input format.
12915
12916 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
12917 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
12918 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
12919 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
12920
12921 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
12922 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
12923 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
12924 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
12925 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
12926 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
12927 in the Texinfo file.
12928
12929 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
12930 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
12931 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
12932 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
12933 move forward past the closing brace.
12934
12935 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
12936 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
12937
12938 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
12939 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
12940 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
12941
12942 Here are the functions:
12943
12944 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
12945 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
12946 texinfo-sequential-node-update
12947
12948 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
12949 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
12950 texinfo-master-menu
12951
12952 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
12953
12954 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
12955 which menu descriptions are indented.
12956
12957 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
12958 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
12959 in the region.
12960
12961 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
12962 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
12963 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
12964 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
12965
12966 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
12967 be the first node in the file.
12968
12969 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
12970 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
12971
12972 ;;;***
12973 \f
12974 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
12975 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
12976 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
12978
12979 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
12980 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
12981 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
12982
12983 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
12984 keybindings, are:
12985
12986 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
12987 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
12988 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
12989
12990 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
12991 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
12992 texinfo-master-menu ()
12993
12994 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
12995
12996 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
12997 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
12998
12999 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
13000 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
13001
13002 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
13003 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
13004
13005 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
13006 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
13007 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
13008 `p' takes you straight through the file.
13009
13010 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
13011 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
13012 marked region.
13013
13014 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
13015 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
13016 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
13017 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
13018
13019 ;;;***
13020 \f
13021 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-pre-write-conversion thai-post-read-conversion
13022 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
13023 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
13024 ;;;;;; (13969 36846))
13025 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
13026
13027 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
13028 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
13029
13030 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
13031 Compose Thai characters in the region.
13032 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13033 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
13034
13035 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
13036 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
13037
13038 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
13039 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
13040
13041 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
13042
13043 (autoload (quote thai-pre-write-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
13044
13045 ;;;***
13046 \f
13047 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
13048 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 30234))
13049 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
13050
13051 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
13052 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
13053
13054 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
13055 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
13056 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
13057 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
13058 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
13059
13060 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
13061 a symbol as a valid THING.
13062
13063 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
13064 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
13065
13066 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
13067 Return the THING at point.
13068 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
13069 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
13070 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
13071
13072 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
13073 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
13074
13075 ;;;***
13076 \f
13077 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
13078 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-compose-region
13079 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-composition tibetan-compose-string
13080 ;;;;;; tibetan-vertical-stacking tibetan-complete-char-examin tibetan-composable-examin
13081 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-examin tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
13082 ;;;;;; setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el"
13083 ;;;;;; (13994 41130))
13084 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
13085
13086 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
13087
13088 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
13089 Return a transcription string of Tibetan character CH" nil nil)
13090
13091 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
13092 Translate Roman transcription into a sequence of Tibetan components." nil nil)
13093
13094 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
13095 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
13096 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
13097
13098 (autoload (quote tibetan-composable-examin) "tibet-util" "\
13099 Check if Tibetan char CH is composable.
13100 Returns t if CH is a composable char (i.e. neither punctuation nor digit)." nil nil)
13101
13102 (autoload (quote tibetan-complete-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
13103 Check if composite char CH contains one or more vowel/vowel modifiers.
13104 Returns non-nil, if CH contains vowel/vowel modifiers." nil nil)
13105
13106 (autoload (quote tibetan-vertical-stacking) "tibet-util" "\
13107 Return a vertically stacked composite char consisting of FIRST and SECOND.
13108 If UPWARD is non-nil, then SECOND is put above FIRST." nil nil)
13109
13110 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
13111 Compose a sequence of Tibetan character components into a composite character.
13112 Returns a string containing a composite character." nil nil)
13113
13114 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition) "tibet-util" "\
13115 Interface to quail input method.
13116 Takes two arguments: char PC and string KEY, where PC is the preceding
13117 character to be composed with current input KEY.
13118 Returns a string which is the result of composition." nil nil)
13119
13120 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
13121 Decompose Tibetan characters in the region BEG END into their components.
13122 Components are: base and subjoined consonants, vowel signs, vowel modifiers.
13123 One column punctuations are converted to their 2 column equivalents." t nil)
13124
13125 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
13126 Make composite chars from Tibetan character components in the region BEG END.
13127 Two column punctuations are converted to their 1 column equivalents." t nil)
13128
13129 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
13130 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
13131 See also docstring of the function tibetan-decompose-region." t nil)
13132
13133 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
13134 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
13135 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
13136
13137 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
13138
13139 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
13140
13141 ;;;***
13142 \f
13143 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
13144 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14321 15854))
13145 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
13146
13147 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
13148 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
13149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13150 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
13151
13152 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13153
13154 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
13155
13156 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
13157 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
13158
13159 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
13160 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
13161 This display updates automatically every minute.
13162 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
13163 are displayed as well.
13164 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
13165
13166 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
13167 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
13168 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
13169
13170 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
13171 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
13172 are displayed as well.
13173 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
13174
13175 ;;;***
13176 \f
13177 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
13178 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
13179 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
13180
13181 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
13182 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
13183 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
13184 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
13185 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
13186 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
13187 look like one of the following:
13188 Time-stamp: <>
13189 Time-stamp: \" \"
13190 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
13191 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
13192 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
13193 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
13194 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
13195 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
13196 template." t nil)
13197
13198 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
13199 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
13200 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
13201
13202 ;;;***
13203 \f
13204 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
13205 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
13206 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
13207 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
13208
13209 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
13210
13211 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
13212 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
13213
13214 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
13215 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
13216
13217 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
13218 Perform an action at time TIME.
13219 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
13220 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
13221 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
13222 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
13223 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
13224 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
13225
13226 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
13227
13228 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
13229 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
13230 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
13231 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
13232 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
13233
13234 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
13235
13236 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
13237 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
13238 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
13239 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
13240
13241 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
13242 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
13243 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
13244 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
13245 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
13246
13247 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
13248 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
13249
13250 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
13251 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
13252 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
13253 The call should look like:
13254 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
13255 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
13256 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
13257 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
13258 be detected." nil (quote macro))
13259
13260 ;;;***
13261 \f
13262 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
13263 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
13264 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
13265
13266 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
13267 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
13268 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
13269 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
13270
13271 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
13272 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
13273 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
13274 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
13275 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
13276 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
13277 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
13278
13279 ;;;***
13280 \f
13281 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
13282 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6780))
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
13284 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
13285 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
13286 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
13287
13288 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
13289 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
13290 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
13291 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
13292 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
13293
13294 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
13295 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
13296 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
13297 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
13298 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
13299
13300 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
13301 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
13302 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
13303 in the menu in two ways:
13304 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
13305 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
13306 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
13307
13308 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
13309 keymap or an alist of alists.
13310 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
13311 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
13312
13313 ;;;***
13314 \f
13315 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
13316 ;;;;;; (14268 20081))
13317 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
13318
13319 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
13320 Mode for tooltip display.
13321 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
13322
13323 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
13324 Toggle tooltip-mode.
13325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13326 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
13327
13328 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13329
13330 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
13331
13332 ;;;***
13333 \f
13334 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
13335 ;;;;;; 63726))
13336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
13337
13338 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
13339
13340 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
13341
13342 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
13343 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
13344
13345 ;;;***
13346 \f
13347 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
13348 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
13349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
13350
13351 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
13352 Set scroll margins." t nil)
13353
13354 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
13355 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
13356
13357 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
13358 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
13359
13360 ;;;***
13361 \f
13362 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
13364
13365 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
13366 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
13367 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
13368 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
13369 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
13370
13371 ;;;***
13372 \f
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
13374 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
13376
13377 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
13378 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
13379
13380 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
13381 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
13382 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
13383 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
13384 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
13385 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
13386 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
13387 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
13388
13389 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
13390 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
13391 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
13392 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
13393 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
13394 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
13395 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
13396
13397 ;;;***
13398 \f
13399 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
13400 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
13402 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
13403 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
13404 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
13405
13406 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
13407 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
13408 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
13409 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
13410 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
13411 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
13412 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
13413
13414 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
13415 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
13416 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
13417 accepting the proposed default buffer.
13418
13419 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
13420
13421 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
13422 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
13423 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
13424 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
13425 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
13426 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
13427 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
13428
13429 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
13430 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
13431
13432 First column's text sSs Second column's text
13433 \\___/\\
13434 / \\
13435 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
13436
13437 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
13438
13439 ;;;***
13440 \f
13441 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
13442 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
13443 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
13444 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
13446
13447 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
13448 Toggle typing break mode.
13449 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
13450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13451 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
13452
13453 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13454
13455 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
13456
13457 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
13458 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
13459
13460 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
13461 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
13462
13463 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
13464 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
13465 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
13466
13467 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
13468 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
13469
13470 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
13471 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
13472 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
13473
13474 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
13475 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
13476 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
13477 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
13478 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
13479 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
13480
13481 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
13482 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
13483 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
13484 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
13485
13486 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
13487 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
13488
13489 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
13490 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
13491
13492 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
13493 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
13494 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
13495
13496 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
13497 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
13498 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
13499 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
13500 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
13501 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
13502 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
13503
13504 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
13505 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
13506
13507 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
13508 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
13509 reset the keystroke counter.
13510
13511 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
13512 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
13513 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
13514 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
13515
13516 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
13517 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
13518 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
13519 `type-break-schedule' command.
13520
13521 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
13522 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
13523 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
13524 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
13525 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
13526 or not to continue.
13527
13528 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
13529 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
13530 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
13531 approximate good values for this.
13532
13533 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
13534 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
13535
13536 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
13537 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
13538 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
13539 `type-break-warning-repeat'
13540 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
13541 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
13542
13543 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
13544 a typing break occur. They include:
13545
13546 `type-break-query-mode'
13547 `type-break-query-function'
13548 `type-break-query-interval'
13549
13550 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
13551
13552 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
13553 Take a typing break.
13554
13555 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
13556 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
13557
13558 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
13559 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
13560
13561 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
13562 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
13563 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
13564 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
13565
13566 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
13567 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
13568
13569 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
13570 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
13571 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
13572 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
13573 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
13574 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
13575 average typing speed.)
13576
13577 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
13578 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
13579 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
13580 the computed maximum threshold.
13581
13582 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
13583 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
13584 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
13585 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
13586 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
13587
13588 ;;;***
13589 \f
13590 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
13591 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
13592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
13593
13594 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
13595 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
13596 Works by overstriking underscores.
13597 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
13598 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
13599
13600 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
13601 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
13602 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
13603 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
13604
13605 ;;;***
13606 \f
13607 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
13608 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35727))
13609 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
13610
13611 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
13612 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
13613 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
13614
13615 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
13616 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
13617 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
13618 following the containing message." t nil)
13619
13620 ;;;***
13621 \f
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
13623 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
13625
13626 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
13627 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
13628 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
13629 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
13630 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
13631 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
13632
13633 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
13634 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
13635
13636 ;;;***
13637 \f
13638 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
13639 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (13324 18702))
13640 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
13641
13642 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
13643 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
13644 This function has a choice of three things to do:
13645 do (signal 'buffer-file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
13646 to refrain from editing the file
13647 return t (grab the lock on the file)
13648 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
13649 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
13650 in any way you like." nil nil)
13651
13652 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
13653 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
13654 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
13655 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
13656 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
13657
13658 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
13659 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
13660
13661 ;;;***
13662 \f
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
13664 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
13665 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
13666 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
13667 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
13668 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14344
13669 ;;;;;; 1029))
13670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
13671
13672 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
13673 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
13674 See `run-hooks'.")
13675
13676 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
13677 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
13678 See `run-hooks'.")
13679
13680 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
13681 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
13682
13683 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
13684 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
13685 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
13686 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
13687 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
13688 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
13689
13690 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
13691 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
13692 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
13693 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
13694
13695 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
13696 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
13697 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
13698 it will operate on the file in the current line.
13699 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
13700 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
13701 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
13702 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
13703 lock steals will raise an error.
13704 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
13705
13706 For RCS and SCCS files:
13707 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
13708 control.
13709 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
13710 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
13711 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
13712 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
13713 it performs a revert.
13714 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
13715 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
13716 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
13717 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
13718 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
13719 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
13720 the option to steal the lock.
13721
13722 For CVS files:
13723 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
13724 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
13725 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
13726 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
13727 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
13728 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
13729 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
13730 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
13731 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
13732
13733 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
13734 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
13735
13736 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
13737 Display diffs between file versions.
13738 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
13739 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
13740 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
13741 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
13742
13743 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
13744 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
13745 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
13746 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
13747
13748 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
13749 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
13750 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
13751 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
13752
13753 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
13754
13755 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
13756 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
13757 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
13758
13759 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
13760
13761 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
13762 Make a snapshot called NAME.
13763 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
13764 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
13765 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
13766
13767 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
13768 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
13769 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
13770 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
13771 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
13772 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
13773 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
13774
13775 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
13776 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
13777
13778 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
13779 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
13780 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
13781 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
13782 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
13783 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
13784
13785 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
13786 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
13787 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
13788
13789 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
13790 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
13791
13792 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
13793 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
13794 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
13795 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
13796 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
13797
13798 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
13799
13800 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
13801 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
13802 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
13803
13804 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
13805 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
13806 default directory." t nil)
13807
13808 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
13809 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
13810 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
13811 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
13812
13813 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
13814 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
13815 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
13816 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
13817
13818 ;;;***
13819 \f
13820 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
13821 ;;;;;; (14177 58116))
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
13823
13824 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
13825 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
13826
13827 Usage:
13828 ------
13829
13830 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
13831 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
13832 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
13833 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
13834 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
13835 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
13836 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
13837 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
13838 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
13839 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
13840 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
13841 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
13842 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
13843 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
13844 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
13845 The following abbreviations can also be used:
13846 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
13847 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
13848 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
13849
13850 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
13851 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
13852 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
13853
13854 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
13855 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
13856 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
13857 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
13858 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
13859 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
13860 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
13861 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
13862 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
13863
13864 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
13865 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
13866 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
13867 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
13868 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
13869 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
13870 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
13871 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
13872
13873 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
13874 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
13875 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
13876
13877 - COMMENTS:
13878 `--' puts a single comment.
13879 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
13880 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
13881 comment in between.
13882 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
13883 following lines.
13884 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
13885 uncomments a region if already commented out.
13886
13887 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
13888 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
13889 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
13890 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
13891 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
13892 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
13893 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
13894 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
13895 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
13896 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
13897 multi-line comments.
13898
13899 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
13900 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
13901 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
13902 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
13903 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
13904 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
13905 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
13906 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
13907 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
13908
13909 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
13910 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
13911 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
13912 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
13913 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
13914 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
13915 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
13916 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
13917 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
13918 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
13919
13920 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
13921 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
13922 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
13923 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
13924 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
13925 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
13926 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
13927 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
13928 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
13929 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
13930 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
13931 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
13932 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
13933
13934 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
13935
13936 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
13937 menu).
13938
13939 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
13940
13941 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
13942 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
13943 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
13944 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
13945 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
13946
13947 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
13948 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
13949 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
13950 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
13951 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
13952 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
13953 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
13954 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
13955 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
13956
13957 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
13958 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
13959 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
13960 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
13961 specified.
13962
13963 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
13964 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
13965 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
13966 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
13967 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
13968 the current directory for VHDL source files.
13969
13970 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
13971 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
13972 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
13973 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
13974 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
13975 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
13976 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
13977 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
13978 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
13979 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
13980 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
13981
13982 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
13983 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
13984 Math Packages.
13985
13986 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
13987 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
13988 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
13989 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
13990 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
13991 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
13992 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
13993 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
13994
13995 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
13996 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
13997 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
13998 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
13999 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
14000 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
14001
14002 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
14003 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
14004 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
14005 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
14006 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
14007
14008 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
14009 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
14010 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
14011 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
14012 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
14013
14014 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
14015 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
14016 highlighted if written in lower case.
14017
14018 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
14019 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
14020 is non-nil.
14021
14022 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
14023 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
14024 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
14025
14026 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
14027 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
14028 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
14029
14030 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
14031 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
14032 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
14033
14034 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
14035 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
14036 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
14037 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
14038 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
14039 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
14040 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
14041
14042 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
14043 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
14044 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
14045 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
14046 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
14047
14048 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
14049 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
14050 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
14051 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
14052
14053 - HINTS:
14054 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
14055
14056
14057 Maintenance:
14058 ------------
14059
14060 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
14061 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
14062
14063 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
14064
14065 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
14066 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
14067 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
14068 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
14069
14070 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
14071 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
14072 version and release notes can be found.
14073
14074
14075 Bugs and Limitations:
14076 ---------------------
14077
14078 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
14079 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
14080 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
14081 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
14082 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
14083 does not work under XEmacs.
14084
14085
14086 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
14087 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
14088
14089 Key bindings:
14090 -------------
14091
14092 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
14093
14094 ;;;***
14095 \f
14096 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
14097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
14098
14099 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
14100 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
14101 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
14102 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
14103
14104 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
14105 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
14106 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
14107 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
14108 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
14109
14110 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
14111 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
14112
14113 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
14114
14115 * Limitations and unsupported features
14116 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
14117 not supported.
14118 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
14119 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
14120
14121 * Modifications
14122 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
14123 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
14124 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
14125 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
14126 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
14127 for undoing a repeated change command.
14128 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
14129 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
14130 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
14131
14132 * Extensions
14133 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
14134 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
14135 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
14136 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
14137 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
14138 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
14139 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
14140 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
14141
14142 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
14143
14144 ;;;***
14145 \f
14146 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
14147 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
14148 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
14149 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
14151
14152 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
14153 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
14154
14155 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
14156 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
14157
14158 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
14159 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
14160 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14161 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
14162
14163 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
14164 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
14165
14166 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
14167 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
14168 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14169 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
14170
14171 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
14172 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
14173
14174 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
14175
14176 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
14177
14178 ;;;***
14179 \f
14180 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
14181 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
14182 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14256
14183 ;;;;;; 21984))
14184 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
14185
14186 (defvar view-mode nil "\
14187 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
14188 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
14189 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
14190
14191 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
14192
14193 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
14194 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
14195 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14196 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14197 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14198 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14199 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14200
14201 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
14202
14203 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
14204 View FILE in View mode in another window.
14205 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
14206 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14207 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14208 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14209 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14210 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14211
14212 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
14213
14214 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
14215 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
14216 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
14217 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14218 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14219 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14220 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14221 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14222
14223 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
14224
14225 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
14226 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
14227 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14228 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14229 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14230 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14231 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14232
14233 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
14234
14235 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
14236 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
14237 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
14238
14239 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
14240 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
14241 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
14242 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14243 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14244 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14245 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14246 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14247
14248 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
14249
14250 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
14251 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
14252 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
14253
14254 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
14255 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
14256 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
14257 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14258 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14259 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14260 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14261 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14262
14263 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
14264
14265 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
14266 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
14267 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
14268
14269 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
14270 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
14271 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive.
14272
14273 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
14274 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
14275 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
14276 read-only.
14277 \\<view-mode-map>
14278 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
14279 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
14280 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
14281 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
14282 commands default to a repeat count of one.
14283
14284 H, h, ? This message.
14285 Digits provide prefix arguments.
14286 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
14287 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
14288 > move to the end of buffer.
14289 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
14290 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
14291 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
14292 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
14293 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
14294 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
14295 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
14296 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s).
14297 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s).
14298 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
14299 Use this to view a changing file.
14300 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
14301 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
14302 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
14303 . set the mark.
14304 x exchanges point and mark.
14305 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
14306 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
14307 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
14308 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
14309 ' go to position saved in character register.
14310 s do forward incremental search.
14311 r do reverse incremental search.
14312 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
14313 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
14314 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
14315 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
14316 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
14317 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
14318 p searches backward for last regular expression.
14319 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
14320 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
14321 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
14322 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
14323 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
14324 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
14325 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
14326 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
14327
14328 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
14329 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file],
14330 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the
14331 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by
14332 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file,
14333 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return
14334 to that buffer.
14335
14336 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
14337
14338 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
14339 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
14340 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
14341 `view-return-to-alist'.
14342 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
14343 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
14344 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
14345
14346 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
14347 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
14348 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
14349 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
14350 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
14351 1) nil Do nothing.
14352 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
14353 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
14354 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
14355 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW.
14356
14357 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14358
14359 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
14360
14361 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
14362 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
14363
14364 ;;;***
14365 \f
14366 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
14368
14369 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
14370 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
14371
14372 ;;;***
14373 \f
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
14375 ;;;;;; (13691 18367))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
14377
14378 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
14379 Toggle Viper on/off.
14380 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
14381
14382 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
14383 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
14384
14385 ;;;***
14386 \f
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012))
14388 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el
14389
14390 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
14391 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
14392
14393 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
14394 hotlist.
14395
14396 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
14397 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
14398
14399 ;;;***
14400 \f
14401 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
14402 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
14404
14405 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
14406 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
14407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14408 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
14409
14410 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
14411
14412 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
14413
14414 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
14415
14416 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
14417 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
14418 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
14419 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
14420
14421 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
14422 and off otherwise." t nil)
14423
14424 ;;;***
14425 \f
14426 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
14427 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
14428 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14304 12245))
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
14430
14431 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
14432 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
14433
14434 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
14435 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
14436 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
14437 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
14438 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
14439
14440 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
14441 and:
14442 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
14443 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
14444
14445 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
14446 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
14447
14448 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
14449 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
14450
14451 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
14452 whitespace problems." t nil)
14453
14454 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
14455 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
14456
14457 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
14458 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
14459
14460 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
14461 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
14462
14463 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
14464 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
14465 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
14466 replaced with TABS).
14467 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
14468 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
14469
14470 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
14471
14472 Modeline will show a W:<x> to denote a particular type of whitespace, where
14473 `x' can be one (or more) of:
14474
14475 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
14476 i - Indentation whitespace.
14477 l - Leading whitespace.
14478 s - Space followed by Tab.
14479 t - Trailing whitespace.
14480
14481 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
14482 Woff:<x>, where `x' can be one (or more) of the above.
14483
14484 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
14485 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
14486 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
14487 always they default to 8.)
14488
14489 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
14490 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
14491 even print it.
14492
14493 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
14494 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
14495 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
14496 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
14497 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
14498 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
14499 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
14500 to set smarttab.)
14501
14502 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
14503 merge problems.
14504
14505 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
14506 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
14507 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
14508
14509 ;;;***
14510 \f
14511 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
14512 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
14514
14515 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
14516 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
14517
14518 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
14519 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
14520
14521 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
14522 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
14523
14524 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
14525 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
14526 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14527
14528 ;;;***
14529 \f
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
14531 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14301 537))
14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
14533
14534 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
14535 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
14536 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
14537
14538 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
14539 Create widget of TYPE.
14540 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
14541
14542 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
14543 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
14544
14545 ;;;***
14546 \f
14547 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
14548 ;;;;;; (14304 12320))
14549 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
14550
14551 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
14552 Toggle winner-mode.
14553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14554 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
14555
14556 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14557
14558 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
14559
14560 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
14561 Toggle Winner mode.
14562 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14563
14564 ;;;***
14565 \f
14566 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
14567 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
14569
14570 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
14571 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
14572
14573 BUGS:
14574 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
14575 are not implemented
14576 - Options for search and replace
14577 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
14578 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
14579
14580 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
14581 Emacs-like.
14582
14583 The key bindings are:
14584
14585 C-a backward-word
14586 C-b fill-paragraph
14587 C-c scroll-up-line
14588 C-d forward-char
14589 C-e previous-line
14590 C-f forward-word
14591 C-g delete-char
14592 C-h backward-char
14593 C-i indent-for-tab-command
14594 C-j help-for-help
14595 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
14596 C-l ws-repeat-search
14597 C-n open-line
14598 C-p quoted-insert
14599 C-r scroll-down-line
14600 C-s backward-char
14601 C-t kill-word
14602 C-u keyboard-quit
14603 C-v overwrite-mode
14604 C-w scroll-down
14605 C-x next-line
14606 C-y kill-complete-line
14607 C-z scroll-up
14608
14609 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
14610 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
14611 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
14612 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
14613 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
14614 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
14615 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
14616 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
14617 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
14618 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
14619 C-k b ws-begin-block
14620 C-k c ws-copy-block
14621 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
14622 C-k f find-file
14623 C-k h ws-show-markers
14624 C-k i ws-indent-block
14625 C-k k ws-end-block
14626 C-k p ws-print-block
14627 C-k q kill-emacs
14628 C-k r insert-file
14629 C-k s save-some-buffers
14630 C-k t ws-mark-word
14631 C-k u ws-exdent-block
14632 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
14633 C-k v ws-move-block
14634 C-k w ws-write-block
14635 C-k x kill-emacs
14636 C-k y ws-delete-block
14637
14638 C-o c wordstar-center-line
14639 C-o b switch-to-buffer
14640 C-o j justify-current-line
14641 C-o k kill-buffer
14642 C-o l list-buffers
14643 C-o m auto-fill-mode
14644 C-o r set-fill-column
14645 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
14646 C-o wd delete-other-windows
14647 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
14648 C-o wo other-window
14649 C-o wv split-window-vertically
14650
14651 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
14652 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
14653 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
14654 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
14655 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
14656 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
14657 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
14658 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
14659 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
14660 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
14661 C-q a ws-query-replace
14662 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
14663 C-q c end-of-buffer
14664 C-q d end-of-line
14665 C-q f ws-search
14666 C-q k ws-to-block-end
14667 C-q l ws-undo
14668 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
14669 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
14670 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
14671 C-q w ws-last-error
14672 C-q y ws-kill-eol
14673 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
14674 " t nil)
14675
14676 ;;;***
14677 \f
14678 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929
14679 ;;;;;; 31262))
14680 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
14681
14682 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
14683 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
14684 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
14685
14686 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
14687
14688 ;;;***
14689 \f
14690 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
14691 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
14692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
14693
14694 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
14695 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
14696
14697 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
14698 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
14701 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
14702 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
14703
14704 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
14705 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
14706
14707 ;;;***
14708 \f
14709 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
14710 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
14711 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el
14712
14713 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
14714 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
14715
14716 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
14717 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
14718
14719 Zone-mode does two things:
14720
14721 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
14722 when saving the file
14723
14724 - fontification" t nil)
14725
14726 ;;;***
14727 \f
14728 ;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated
14729 ;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely.
14730 ;;; Local Variables:
14731 ;;; version-control: never
14732 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
14733 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
14734 ;;; End:
14735 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here